Application: Process Gases Solutions

Transcription

1 Process Gases Gases are used in chemical and industrial processes, such as analytical instrumentation, environmental compliance, electronic manufacturing, chemical production, reference gases, and medical uses. ll the devices in these systems must be compatible to prevent complications, such as corrosion, unwanted chemical reactions, ignition, or explosion. lso, some of these process systems operate at very high or very low temperatures. Regulators must be constructed to withstand these temperatures. The regulators and relief/backpressure regulators covered in this section are available in materials that are chemically compatible with most process gases. The products shown in the ir, Liquids, and Sanitary sections may also be used in your system if the materials are compatible.

2 pplication: Process Gases Solutions Introduction Fisher brand products are available in a variety of construction materials to meet the unique needs of your system. The Process Gases pplication Map below shows a selection of regulators and relief valves/backpressure regulators that offer special body materials. The products shown below also offer special internal parts, such as stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel PTFE, ethylenepropylene (EPDM), fluoroelastomers (FKM), and perfluoroelastomers (FFKM) that are compatible with most systems. If your system requires a special construction that is not shown on the pplication Map below, or in the following Product Pages, contact your local Sales Office for assistance. 95BH Page L Page H Page Page EGR Page 303 Body Materials luminum Brass/Bronze Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Monel Stainless Steel Steel Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Monel Stainless Steel Steel Body Materials Iron Stainless Steel Steel Y692 Page 328 Body Materials Iron Stainless Steel Steel PPLITION MEDI cetylene mmonia rgon Bromine arbon Dioxide hlorine oke Gas Helium Hydrochloric Gas Hydrogen Methane Nitrogren Oxygen Propane Sulfuric cid 95BL Page 260 Body Materials Brass/Bronze PRESSURE-REDUING REGULTORS 1301 Page 311 Body Materials Brass/Bronze Stainless Steel Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Stainless Steel Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Stainless Steel Y690 Page 315 To Plant Steam 240

3 Process Gases pplication Map VUUM REGULTORS ND BREKERS Y690VB Page 325 Body Materials Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Y695VR Page 339 Body Materials Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel 63EG- 98HM Page 250 Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Monel Stainless Steel Steel Y695 Page 336 Body Materials Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel BKPRESSURE/RELIEF VLVES 98L Page 286 Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Monel Stainless Steel Steel 98H Page 279 Body Materials Hastelloy Iron Monel Stainless Steel Steel PPLITION END UNIT Batch Reactor Burners ontinuous Process Engine Fuel Flare Glove Box Holding Tank Mixer Motor/Pump Seals Plasma utter Recovery Storage Tanks Tank/Line Purge Vacuum ontrol 241

4 Process Gases Quick Selection Guide Maximum Inlet Pressure Outlet Pressure Range MXIMUM PITY TYPE NUMBER 150 psig (10,3 bar) 1-inch w.c. to 7 psig (2 mbar to 0,48 bar) 4230 SFH (113 Nm 3 /h) Y690 Series Page psig (10,3 bar) 1-inch w.c. to 10 psig (2 mbar to 0,69 bar) SFH (523 Nm 3 /h) Type Y692 Page psig (17,2 bar) 2 to 30 psig (0,14 to 2,1 bar) 3600 SFH (96 Nm 3 /h) 95BL Series Page 260 PRESSURE Reducing Regulators 300 psig (20,7 bar) 300 psig (20,7 bar) 2 to 30 psig (0,14 to 2,1 bar) 5 to 150 psig (0,34 to 10,3 bar) SFH (697 Nm 3 /h) SFH (4020 Nm 3 /h) 95L Series Page BH Series Page psig (27,6 bar) 14-inches w.c. to 300 psig (35 mbar to 20,7 bar) SFH ( Nm 3 /h) Type 1098-EGR Page psig (41,4 bar) 5 to 400 psig (0,34 to 27,6 bar) SFH (5333 Nm 3 /h) 95H Series Page 264 psig (138 bar) 5 to 500 psig (0,34 to 34,5 bar) SFH (3718 Nm 3 /h) 627 Series Page psig (414 bar) 10 to 500 psig (0,69 to 34,5 bar) 4500 SFH (121 Nm 3 /h) 1301 Series Page

5 Process Gases Quick Selection Guide Maximum Inlet Pressure Outlet Pressure Range MXIMUM PITY TYPE NUMBER PRESSURE Reducing Differential ontrol Regulators 300 psig (20,7 bar) 300 psig (20,7 bar) 2 to 30 psig (0,14 to 2,1 bar) 5 to 150 psig (0,34 to 10,3 bar) SFH (697 Nm 3 /h) SFH (4020 Nm 3 /h) Type 95LD Page 273 Type 95HD Page 264 Outlet Pressure Range MXIMUM PITY TYPE NUMBER Relief Valve / Backpressure Differential ontrol Regulators 2 to 38 psig (0,14 to 2,6 bar) 5 to 200 psig (0,34 to 13,8 bar) SFH (456 Nm 3 /h) SFH (4208 Nm 3 /h) Type 98LD Page 286 Type 98HD Page

6 Process Gases Quick Selection Guide RELIEF SET Pressure Range MXIMUM PITY TYPE NUMBER 2-inches w.c. to 7 psig (5 mbar to 0,48 bar) SFH (317 Nm 3 /h) Type Y696 Page inches w.c. to 7 psig (5 mbar to 0,48 bar) 2433 SFH (65 Nm 3 /h) Y695 Series Page 336 Relief Valve / Backpressure Regulators 2 to 38 psig (0,14 to 2,6 bar) SFH (456 Nm 3 /h) 98L Series Page to 375 psig (0,34 to 25,9 bar) SFH (4208 Nm 3 /h) 98H Series Page to 375 psig (1,0 to 25,9 bar) SFH ( Nm 3 /h) Type 63EG-98HM Page

7 Process Gases Quick Selection Guide Maximum VUUM MXIMUM INLET Pressure VUUM ONTROL RNGE Maximum PITY TYPE NUMBER VUUM BREKERS 8 psig (0,55 bar) Full Vacuum 30 psig (2,1 bar) 150 psig (10,3 bar) 1-inch w.c. to 3 psig (2 to 207 mbar) 0 to 5 psig (0 to 3,4 bar) 2500 SFH (67 Nm 3 /h) 2910 SFH (78 Nm 3 /h) Type Y692VB Page 333 Type Y690VB Page 325 Maximum VUUM MXIMUM DOWNSTREM Pressure VUUM ONTROL RNGE Maximum PITY TYPE NUMBER VUUM REGULTORS Full Vacuum Full Vacuum Full Vacuum Full Vacuum 1-inch w.c. to 3 psig (2 to 207 mbar) 0 to 12.8 psig (0 to 0,9 bar) 6950 SFH (186 Nm 3 /h) 1650 SFH (44 Nm 3 /h) Type Y696VR Page 345 Type Y695VR Page

8 Process Gases pplications INTRODUTION hemical and processing plants use various gases in their process systems. Many of these gases require regulator materials that eliminate or reduce corrosion that can contaminate the system and to increase the service life of the regulator. This pplication Guide briefly explains the types of regulators and the construction materials available for these regulators. REGULTOR TYPES Pressure Reducing Regulators In some process gas applications, the pipeline pressure may need to be reduced for a process or piece of equipment. Depending upon the accuracy required by the application, a directoperated or pilot-operated regulator can be used to reduce the gas pressure. Direct-operated regulators are used for lower flow rates. Pilot-operated regulators are used for high flow rates or where precise pressure control is required. Differential/Bias Regulators differential or bias regulator maintains a pressure difference between two locations in the system. Relief Valves/Backpressure Regulators relief valve or backpressure regulator opens when the upstream controlled pressure increases above the setpoint. Relief valves and backpressure regulators are the same devices. The name is determined by the application. Overpressure protection is provided by relieving pressure when it rises above the setpoint. When upstream pressure rises above the setpoint, the relief/backpressure regulator opens to allow excess upstream pressure to flow downstream, typically into a pressurized system or to atmosphere. Vacuum Breakers vs. Vacuum Regulators There are a variety of terms used to describe vacuum, causing confusion when communicating with someone that uses different terminology. Emerson uses the following vacuum terminology: First, determine whether the units are in absolute pressure or gauge pressure (0 psig or 0 barg is atmospheric pressure). For example: 5 psig (0,34 barg) vacuum is 5 psi (0,34 bar) below atmospheric pressure -5 psig (-0,34 barg) is 5 psi (0,34 bar) below atmospheric pressure 9.7 psia (0,67 bara) is 9.7 psi (0,67 bar) above absolute zero or 5 psi (0,34 bar) below atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia - 5 psi = 9.7 psia or 1,01 bara - 0,34 bar = 0,67 bara). Just as there are pressure reducing regulators and pressure relief valves for positive pressure service, there are two basic applications for vacuum service. The terms used for each are sometimes confusing. Therefore, it is sometimes necessary to ask further questions to determine the required function of the regulator. Emerson uses the terms vacuum breaker and vacuum regulator to differentiate between the two types. Vacuum Breakers Vacuum breakers limit the increase in vacuum. n increase in vacuum (decrease in pressure) beyond the setpoint is sensed on the diaphragm causing the disk to move away from the seat. This permits a higher pressure to enter the system and restore the controlled vacuum to its original pressure setting. Vacuum Regulators Vacuum regulators maintain a constant vacuum at the regulator inlet. decrease in vacuum (increase in pressure) beyond the setpoint registers on the diaphragm causing the disk to move away from the seat, allowing a higher vacuum source to restore the vacuum to its original setting. PPLITIONS In many cases, piping systems are required to transport the process gas from its storage location outside of the building to the point(s) where it is required within the building. Process gases are supplied from pipelines, cylinders, or pressurized tanks. Regulators are used to reduce the pressure to a level that is compatible with the supply pressure design parameters of the downstream system. combination of regulators and relief valves/ backpressure regulators may be required to accomplish these objectives. ONSTRUTION MTERILS Each process gas has its own set of unique characteristics in terms of its chemical composition, corrosive properties, impurities, flammability, hazardous nature, toxic effect, explosive limits, and molecular structure. In some cases special care must be taken to select the proper materials that will come in contact with the process gas. Material selection for oxygen regulators, for example, must be carefully selected or a fire could result. Oxygen regulators must also be de-greased or cleaned for oxygen service. Typical materials for regulator bodies are cast iron, steel, aluminum, brass, and stainless steel. Monel and Hastelloy are available in some regulators. Trim materials are typically stainless steel, aluminum, or special alloys as mentioned above. The elastomeric parts (diaphragm, disk, and O-rings) are usually Nitrile (NBR) or Neoprene (R). Other elastomers, such as Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), and PTFE, are also available. ll properties of the process gas should be known and a metals corrosion chart should be consulted to ensure the proper selection of the metal parts that come in contact with the gas. Likewise, an elastomer compatibility chart should be consulted for similar issues. n abbreviated version of these charts follows this pplication Guide; the complete versions are in the Technical Reference section of this pplication Guide. It should be noted that a mixture of two or more chemicals may be more or less corrosive than one of the chemicals alone. Rely on past experience when selecting materials for handling a chemical mixture. The charts on the following pages do not address chemical concentrations and mixtures which can affect the corrosion rate. MTERIL GUIDELINES FOR GSEOUS OXYGEN SERVIE ll organic and inorganic materials will react with gaseous or liquid oxygen at certain pressures and temperatures. The reaction that occurs can cause a fire or an explosion. Because of these inherent dangers, process system design and valve material selection are extremely important. 246

9 Process Gases pplications Oxygen service has many inherent hazards and requires careful and knowledgeable design of the process system. The information and guidelines presented here are intended to help the user; however, other factors, such as service conditions and process system design, must be considered to properly select materials that will handle this gas in a safe manner. Many of the materials commonly used in valves have ignition temperatures above the normal flowing temperatures of gaseous oxygen. Ignition of these materials by normal flowing temperatures is generally not the danger. The danger is in the ignition of these materials by abnormal, localized high temperature. This list has been compiled from the best information available, but does not necessarily contain all the hazardous conditions that might be encountered in oxygen service applications. Flow Velocity ll valve materials should be suitable for oxygen service, and material selection should meet the velocity criteria, such as set by the ompressed Gas ssociation Pamphlet G-4.4 (copies can be obtained from ompressed Gas ssociation, Inc., 500 Fifth venue, New York, NY 10036). In general, if the velocity through the port of the valve can exceed 200 feet per second (61 meters per second), only copper-base alloy material should be used for valve body and trim parts in contact with the flow stream. Foreign Particle Impingement foreign particle, such as weld spatter, that is being carried in the flow stream and that strikes the valve trim or the valve body wall might have its kinetic energy transformed into sufficient heat to raise the impinging particle or the material it strikes to its respective ignition temperature. Ignition by lready-burning Material n organic valve disk, for example, that has already been ignited by foreign particle impingement will release sufficient heat to ignite surrounding metallic materials, thus initiating a serious fire. Vibration part that is caused to vibrate, usually by the flowing velocity, might generate enough heat from internal friction to raise its temperature to its ignition point. Rapid ompression of Gas Opening a valve to pressure the downstream system will result in the compression of the gas in the downstream system. If this is done rapidly, it can result in abnormally high gas temperatures, which might ignite material in the valve and piping system. Static Electricity Discharge The flow of gas across the trim of a ball, butterfly, or eccentric disk valve might generate a static charge on the trim. Because these valves inherently do not have a good grounding path from the trim to the valve body or from the valve body to the pipeline, use proper provisions and care for their grounding. Failure to do this might allow a discharge spark between the trim and valve body or between the valve body and adjacent piping, igniting the surrounding material. onclusion The list shows that many of the hazards arise from the velocity of the flowing gas. For this reason, it is imperative that the system be designed such that flowing velocities will be low. Organic Materials Organic materials have ignition temperatures below those of metals. Use of organic materials in contact with oxygen should be avoided, particularly when the material is directly in the flow stream. When an organic material must be used for parts, such as valve seats, diaphragms, or packing, it is preferable to select a material with the highest ignition temperature, the lowest specific heat, and the necessary mechanical properties. Lubricants and sealing compounds should be used only if they are suitable for oxygen service and then used sparingly. Ordinary petroleum lubricants are not satisfactory and are particularly hazardous because of their high heat of combustion and high rate of reaction. The approximate ignition temperatures in psig (138 bar) oxygen for a few organic materials are shown in the following table. MTERILS Organic Materials TYPIL IGNITION TEMPERTURE IN PSIG (138 bar) OXYGEN F PTFE and Kel-F % Bronze-filled PTFE Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Nylon Polyethelene Neoprene and Nitrile (NBR) Metals The selection of metals should be based on their resistance to ignition and rate of reaction. Following is a comparison of these two properties for some commonly used valve materials. Resistance to Ignition in Oxygen Materials are listed in order from hardest to ignite to easiest to ignite. opper, copper alloys, and nickel-copper alloys (such as Monels) most resistant Stainless steel (300 Series) arbon steel luminum least resistant Rate of Reaction Materials are listed in order from slowest rate of combustion to most rapid rate of combustion. opper, copper alloys, and nickel-copper alloys (such as Monels) do not normally propagate combustion arbon steel Stainless steel (300 Series) luminum burns very rapidly Note that stainless steel, once ignited, burns more rapidly than carbon steel. Nevertheless, the austenitic grades (300 Series) of stainless steel are considered to be much better than carbon steel because of their high resistance to ignition. 247

10 Process Gases pplications FLUID cetic cid Vapors (<150 F (65 )) (2/3) cetone cetylene mmonia Benzene (Benzol) Butane arbon Dioxide (Dry) arbon Dioxide (Wet) arbon Disulfide arbon Tetrachloride hlorine Gas (Dry) hlorine (Wet) oke Oven Gas Ether Ethyl hloride Ethylene Formaldehyde Freon (Wet) Freon (Dry) Helium Hydrogen Methane Natural Gas Nitroden Phosphoric cid Vapors Propane Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) Sulfur Trioxide (Dry) WB Steel B B B B B ast Iron or Ductile Iron B B B B B orrosion Information 302 or 304 Stainless Steel (304 only) B B B B MTERILS F8M or 316 Stainless Steel B B B 416 Stainless Steel Monel Hastelloy - Recommended B - Minor to moderate effect. Proceed with caution. - Unsatisfactory N/ - Information not available The pplication Guide gives material compatibility for materials in a specific service. Refer to the applicable service code as to whether a specific material is allowed to be used in that service. B B B B B B B B Elastomer Information MTERILS FLUID Neoprene (R) Nitrile (NBR) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) PTFE mmonia (nhydrous) (<140 F (60 )) mmonia (Gas, Hot) Benzene Butadiene Gas B B B B Butane Gas arbon Tetrachloride hlorine (Dry) hlorine (Wet) B B oke Oven Gas Ethyl cetate Hydrogen Gas Hydrogen Sulfide (Dry) (1) B Hydrogen Sulfide (Wet) Nitrogen Propane Sulfur Dioxide B 1 - Performance worsens with hot temperature - Recommended B - Minor to moderate effect. Proceed with caution. - Unsatisfactory 248

11 Process Gases pplications vailable onstruction Materials BODY INTERNL METL PRTS DIPHRGMS O-RINGS ND OTHER ELSTOMER PRTS TYPE/ SERIES luminum Brass/Bronze Hastelloy Iron (ast or Ductile) Monel Stainless Steel Steel lloy 20 luminum Brass/Bronze Hastelloy Monel Stainless Steel Steel Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Hastelloy Monel Neoprene (R) Nitrile (NBR) Stainless Steel PTFE Protector Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Neoprene (R) Nitrile (NBR) Nylon (P) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) PTFE 63EG-98HM 66 66R B EGR 1301 Y690 Y690VB Y692 Y692VB Y695 Y695VR Y696 Y696VR Regulator Tip Direct-operated regulators generally have faster response to quick flow changes than pilot-operated regulators. 249

12 Type 63EG-98HM Relief Valve or Backpressure Regulator Introduction Maximum Relief (Inlet) Pressure The Type 63EG-98HM can be used for gas applications up to 450 F (232 ). Perfluoroelastomers (FFKM) are an option that offers superior resistance to heat and chemicals. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow oefficients See Table 5 IE Sizing oefficients See Table 6 Features 450 psig (31 bar), including buildup Relief Set Pressure Ranges (1) 15 to 375 psig (1,0 to 25,9 bar) in five ranges See Table 4 Maximum Differential Pressure 400 psig (28 bar) See Table 7 Temperature apabilities Fluoroelastomers (FKM): 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): 0 to 450 F (-18 to 232 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): Seat: -40 to 350 F (-40 to 177 ) Diaphragm: -40 to 250 F (-40 to 121 ) High apacity Highly Versatile Fast Response Time Noise Reduction Option hemically ompatible Elastomers Wide Material Selections NE onstruction vailable dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: 1. For lower pressures, contact your local Sales Office for information on the Type 63EG. w6866 Figure 1. Type 63EG-98HM Backpressure Regulator Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 2 (50) 3, 4, 6 (80, 100, 150) END ONNETION STYLES NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, L600 RF, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF, L300 RF, L600 RF, or PN 16/25/40 8 x 6 (200 x 150) L150 RF, L300 RF, or L600 RF flanged BodY W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, lloy 20, or luminum Bronze body flange W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, lloy 20, or luminum Bronze Table 2. Main Valve onstruction Materials Seat ring and valve plug 416 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, or lloy 20 GE Spring Gaskets o-rings and seals 316 Stainless steel Hastelloy, Monel, or lloy 20 Steel or Inconel X omposition or Graphite Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), and Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) fittings and tubing Stainless steel or Monel tubing with steel, Stainless steel, or Monel fittings Table 3. Pilot onstruction Materials BODY SPRING Se Spring TRIM DIPHRGM DIPHRGM GSKETS SET W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, or lloy 20 W Steel or F8M Stainless steel Steel or Inconel X 416 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, or lloy Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Fluoroelastomer (FKM); and Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) protector omposition or Graphite Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) 250

13 Type 63EG-98HM Relief Valve or Backpressure Regulator TYPE 98HM pilot exhaust (Pipe downstream if minimum differential is met) ontrol line (Must be at least 3/8-inch (9,5 mm) tubing) FIXED RESTRITION TYPE 63EG 6926 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure loading pressure Figure 2. Type 63EG-98HM Operational Schematic Table 4. Relief Set Pressure Ranges RELIEF SET pressure range, 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 130 to 200 (8,9 to 13,8) 100 to 375 (6,9 to 25,9) spring olor Yellow Green Red Blue Unpainted spring Part Number 1E D E L B9942X012 spring Free Length, Inches (mm) 2.50 (63,5) 2.50 (63,5) 2.43 (61,7) 2.25 (57,1) 2.50 (63,5) spring Wire Diameter, Inches (mm) (5,2) (5,9) (7,1) (8,4) (9,5) 251

14 Type 63EG-98HM Relief Valve or Backpressure Regulator body size, Inches (DN) Table 5. Flow oefficients piping style Line Size Equals Body Size Piping 2:1 Line Size to Body Size Piping Standard Linear age Whisper Trim age Standard Linear age Whisper Trim age K m g v 1 g v 1 g v 1 g v 1 2 (50) (80) (100) (150) 12, , x 6 (200 x 150) 18, , , , Table 6. IE Sizing oefficients body size, Inches (DN) X T F D F L 2 (50) (80) (100) (150) x 6 (200 x 150) 0.65 body size, inches (DN) 2 (50) 3 (80) 4 (100) 6 or 8 x 6 (150 or 200 x 150) Table 7. Minimum and Maximum Differential and Buildup Required for Wide-Open Flow Main valve spring range, spring part number, and color, psig (bar) 10 to 40 (0,69 to 2,8) X012 Yellow 30 to 125 (2,1 to 8,6) X012 Green 85 to 375 (5,9 to 25,9) X012 Red 10 to 40 (0,69 to 2,8) X012 Yellow 30 to 125 (2,1 to 8,6) X012 Green 85 to 375 (5,9 to 25,9) X012 Red 10 to 40 (0,69 to 2,8) X012 Yellow 30 to 125 (2,1 to 8,6) X012 Green 85 to 375 (5,9 to 25,9) X012 Red 10 to 40 (0,69 to 2,8) X012 Yellow 30 to 125 (2,1 to 8,6) X012 Green 85 to 375 (5,9 to 25,9) X012 Red MINIMUM DIFFERENTIL pressure required FOR FULL STROKE, psig (bar) buildup over set pressure required for full stroke, psig (bar) Maximum differential pressure, psig (bar) 22 (1,5) 7 (0,48) 40 (2,8) 30 (2,1) 9 (0,6) 125 (8,6) 90 (6,2) 23 (1,6) 400 (28) 19 (1,3) 5 (0,34) 40 (2,8) 25 (1,7) 7 (0,48) 125 (8,6) 60 (4,1) 17 (1,2) 400 (28) 16 (1,1) 4 (0,28) 40 (2,8) 20 (1,4) 6 (0,4) 125 (8,6) 55 (3,8) 16 (1,1) 400 (28) 16 (1,1) 4 (0,28) 40 (2,8) 20 (1,4) 6 (0,4) 125 (8,6) 55 (3,8) 16 (1,1) 400 (28) 252

15 Type 63EG-98HM Relief Valve or Backpressure Regulator TYPE 98HM 1/2-inch NPT pilot EXHUST ONNETION 1/8-INH NPT ONTROL LINE 7.19 (183) d e V VLVE TRIM REMOVL clearne g a6902 /2 inches (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions Body Size, Inches (DN) Table 8. Dimensions and Shipping Weights DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) NPT L150 rf L300 RF L600 RF PN 16/25/40 D E G V pproximate shipping Weights, Pounds (kg) 2 (50) (286) (254) (267) (286) (262) (259) 5.44 (138) 3.06 (78) (321) 65 (29) 3 (80) (298) (318) (337) (310) (311) 7.00 (178) 3.81 (97) (413) 105 (48) 4 (100) (353) (368) (394) (350) (346) 8.38 (213) 5.06 (128) (480) 155 (70) 6 (150) (451) (472) (508) (457) (367) 9.19 (233) 5.56 (141) (508) 340 (154) 8 x 6 (200 x 150) (543) (569) (610) (406) (273) 7.19 (183) (548) 630 (286) 253

16 Type 63EG-98HM Relief Valve or Backpressure Regulator Ordering Guide Body Size (Select One) 2-inch (DN 50)*** 3-inch (DN 80)*** 4-inch (DN 100)*** 6-inch (DN 150)*** 8 x 6-inch (DN 200 x 150)** Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) W Steel Body Flange Material (Select One) EN oated W steel*** EN oated F8M Stainless steel** EN oated Monel* EN oated Hastelloy * EN oated lloy 20* EN oated luminum Bronze* F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT** L150 RF*** L150 RF** L300 RF*** L300 RF** L600 RF* L600 RF* PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Hastelloy Monel NPT* NPT* L150 RF* L150 RF* L300 RF* L300 RF* L600 RF* L600 RF* PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* lloy 20 NPT* L150 RF* L300 RF* L600 RF* PN 16/25/40* age haracteristics (Select One) Linear Whisper Drilled Hole age Material (Select One) EN oated steel linear cage only (standard)*** EN oated 416 Stainless steel - Whisper only** EN oated 316 Stainless steel** EN oated Monel * EN oated Hastelloy * Seat Ring and Valve Plug (Select One) 416 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Monel* Hastelloy * lloy 20* O-Rings and Seals (Select One) Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Gaskets (Select One) omposition*** Graphite* Main Valve Spring Material (Select One) Steel*** Inconel X** Main Valve Spring olor (Select One) Green*** Red*** Yellow** Pilot Body Material (Select One) W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Monel* Hastelloy * lloy 20* Pilot Spring ase (Select One) W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Pilot Diaphragm (Select One) 302 Stainless steel*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Hastelloy * Monel* PTFE Diaphragm Protector (Optional) Yes (for use with Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm)*** - continued - 254

17 Type 63EG-98HM Relief Valve or Backpressure Regulator Ordering Guide (continued) Pilot Seat (Select One) Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Pilot Trim (Select One) 416 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Monel * Hastelloy * lloy 20* Relief Set Pressure Spring (Select One) 15 to 35 psig (1,0 to 2,4 bar)*** 25 to 75 psig (1,7 to 5,2 bar)*** 70 to 140 psig (4,8 to 9,7 bar)*** 130 to 200 psig (8,9 to 13,8 bar)*** 100 to 375 psig (6,9 to 25,9 bar)*** Tubing and Fittings (Select One) Stainless steel tubing and steel fittings*** Stainless steel tubing and fittings** Monel tubing and fittings* NE Required Yes Main Valve Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Pilot Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Is this a Relief or Backpressure pplication? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Downstream Pressure Differential Pressure Relief (Inlet) Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 255

18 Type 95BH Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Introduction The Type 95BH bronze, direct-operated, pressure reducing regulator is designed to meet the needs of a variety of specialty and demanding applications. These compact, large-capacity regulators are available in 1/2 through 2-inch body sizes and are offered with threaded NPT end connections. They are designed to handle inlet pressures up to 350 psig (24,1 bar) and temperatures from -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ). Body Sizes and End onnection Styles 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2-inch threaded NPT Flow oefficients See Table 4 IE Sizing oefficients See Table 5 Pressure Registration Internal Temperature apabilities See Table 1 Features Bronze onstruction ryogenic Temperature pplications Specialty Gases Oxygen leaning Versatile ompact, Rugged onstruction Maximum Inlet (asing) Pressure 350 psig (24,1 bar) Maximum llowable Operating Inlet Pressure 300 psig (20,7 bar) Maximum llowable Outlet Pressure Bronze: 350 psig (24,1 bar) ast Iron: 250 psig (17,2 bar) Outlet Pressure Ranges 5 to 150 psig (0,3 to 10,3 bar) in several ranges See Table 2 Shutoff lassification Per NSI/FI 70-3 Metal Seats: lass IV (standard) omposition Seats: lass VI or better Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE): lass V pproximate Shipping Weights 1/2-inch Body: 10 pounds (4,5 kg) 3/4 and 1-inch Bodies: 20 pounds (9,1 kg) 1-1/2 and 2-inch Bodies: 73 pounds (33,1 kg) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W7512 Figure 1. Type 95BH Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure 6616 Figure 2. Type 95BH Operational Schematic Table 1. Temperature apabilities NITRILE (NBR) PRTS NEOPRENE (R) PRTS FLUORoELSTOMER (FKM) PRTS PTFE PRTS ST IRON PRTS 300 SERIES STINLESS STEEL PRTS 400 SERIES STINLESS STEEL PRTS BRONZE ND BRSS PRTS TYPE Y VENT -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ) -40 to 350 F (-40 to 177 ) -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ) -40 to 350 F (-40 to 177 ) -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ) Up to 180 F (82 ) 256

19 Type 95BH Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 2. Outlet Pressure Ranges BODY SIZE, INHES OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING OLOR SPRING PRT NUMBER SPRING WIRE DIMETER, INHES (mm) SPRING FREE LENGTH, INHES (mm) 1/2 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) Yellow Green Red 1E D E (5,26) (5,94) (7,14) 2.50 (63,5) 2.62 (66,5) 2.44 (62,0) 3/4 and 1 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) Yellow Green Red 1E E E (7,77) (8,71) (7,14) 4.09 (104) 4.09 (104) 2.44 (62,0) 1-1/2 and 2 5 to 80 (0,3 to 5,5) 60 to 120 (4,1 to 8,3) 100 to 140 (6,9 to 9,7) 120 to 150 (8,3 to 10,3) Light blue Light gray Yellow Black 1E E E P (13,5) (14,3) (15,1) (16,7) 6.50 (165) 6.50 (165) 6.50 (165) 6.50 (165) Table 3. onstruction Materials Table 4. Flow oefficients BODY Bronze (STM B61 Grade 92200) SPRING SE ast iron (126 lass B) or Bronze (STM B61 Grade 92200) BODY SIZE, INHES WIDE-OPEN OEFFIIENTS (FOR RELIEF SIZING) g v 1 K m DIPHRGM VLVE PLUG (METL SET) VLVE PLUG GUIDE DISK (composition SET) Neoprene (R), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), 302 Stainless steel, or Monel 316 Stainless steel, 416 Stainless steel, Brass, or Monel Brass Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Neoprene (R), or PTFE 1/ /4 and /2 and Table 5. IE Sizing oefficients DISK HOLDER (composition SET) 316 Stainless steel or Brass BODY SIZE, INHES X T F D F L ORIFIE STEM SSEMBLY ND PUSHER POST SPRING DIPHRGM HED SSEMBLY SPRING SET Brass, 416 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Monel Brass or Monel Zinc-plated steel, Inconel, or Stainless steel (depending on spring range and/or application) luminum or 316 Stainless steel luminum or 316 Stainless steel 1/ /4 and /2 and D DJUSTING SREWS BUSHINGS Steel or 18-8 Stainless steel Brass (MXIMUM) E (NPT) GSKETS omposition or Graphite (optional) VLVE SPRING 302 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Phosphor Bronze BODY SIZE BOLTING Bronze Spring ase: Stainless steel ast iron Spring ase: Grade 5 Zinc-plated steel B 0810_2 Figure 3. Dimensions Table 6. Dimensions Dimensions, Inches (mm) BODY SIZE, INHES B D Bronze E (NPT) ast Iron 1/ (99) 1.81 (46) 6.00 (152) 4.25 (108) 3/4 or (124) 2.25 (57) 9.00 (229) 6.06 (154) 1/4 1/8 1-1/2 or (184) 2.56 (65) (367) 8.19 (208) 1/4 257

20 Type 95BH Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 7. Type 95BH apacities for 1/2, 3/4, and 1-inch Bodies OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 1/2-inch Body 3/4-inch Body 1-inch Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 15 (1,0) 30 (2,1) 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 1400 (37,5) 2200 (59,0) 2700 (72,4) 1300 (34,8) (53,6) 3100 (83,1) 4000 (107) 1400 (37,5) 1500 (40,2) 2100 (56,3) 2800 (75,0) 3300 (88,4) 2100 (56,3) 3000 (80,4) 4300 (115) 4900 (131) 2200 (59,0) 2900 (77,7) 4000 (107) 6000 (161) 7400 (198) 4000 (107) 6300 (169) 9200 (247) (268) 3100 (83,1) 4300 (115) 6000 (161) 8000 (214) 9600 (257) 6000 (161) 9800 (263) (322) (375) 2200 (59,0) 3400 (91,1) 5400 (145) 8700 (233) (268) 4000 (107) 7400 (198) (322) (402) 3300 (88,4) 5400 (145) 8000 (214) (314) (375) 6600 (177) (295) (482) (563) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 1400 (37,5) 2100 (56,3) 3100 (83,1) 3500 (93,8) 2300 (61,6) 3700 (99,2) 4700 (126) 2300 (61,6) 2900 (77,7) 4600 (123) 5100 (137) 3700 (99,2) 5500 (147) 7100 (190) 6000 (161) 7400 (198) (295) (322) 8000 (214) (375) (429) 8600 (230) (295) (456) (482) (322) (563) (670) 6300 (169) 7000 (188) (402) (509) 8700 (233) (456) (616) 9600 (257) (348) (643) (724) (348) () (938) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) 150 (10,3) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 175 (12,1) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 3400 (91,1) 4000 (107) 5200 (139) 8000 (214) 5600 (150) 6500 (174) 8700 (233) 5800 (155) 6800 (182) 8200 (220) (295) 9500 (255) (295) (402) 8500 (228) (322) (402) (509) (375) (429) (616) (375) (482) (616) (777) (536) (643) (992) (295) (375) (429) (697) (429) (536) (831) (429) (536) (724) (1018) (590) (697) (1179) Note: To obtain capacities for regulators using metal diaphragms, multiply the table values by 0.6. Table 8. Type 95BH apacities for 1-1/2 and 2-inch Bodies (1) OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 1-1/2-inch Body 2-inch Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 5 (0,3) 10 (0,69) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 950 (25,5) 3500 (93,8) 6500 (174) (322) (482) (26,8) 4000 (107) 8000 (214) (375) (536) (26,8) 4000 (107) 9000 (241) (429) (509) 1100 (29,5) 5500 (147) (322) (509) (563) 5 to 80 (0,3 to 5,5) 30 (2,1) 40 (2,8) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 3400 (91,1) 4500 (121) 8000 (214) (536) (777) 6100 (163) 9000 (241) (402) (831) (1018) 4500 (121) 8000 (214) (643) (1286) (1420) 6200 (166) (268) (804) (1474) (1581) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 9000 (241) (268) (563) (1045) (375) (509) (965) (1367) (322) (536) (1152) (1742) (536) (1072) (2010) (2251) 75 (5,2) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (375) (616) (1152) (590) (1313) (1742) (402) (1340) (2412) () (2412) (3216) 60 to 120 (4,1 to 8,3) 125 (8,6) 225 (15,5) 300 (20,7) (295) () (1072) (777) (1662) (2358) (322) () (1474) (804) (1662) (2144) 100 to 140 (6,9 to 9,7) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (563) () (1126) (1072) (1447) (2278) (590) (1045) (2305) (1072) (1876) (4020) 120 to 150 (8,3 to 10,3) 150 (10,3) 175 (12,1) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (509) (616) (1206) (858) (1179) (2412) (536) (643) (2305) (884) (1206) (3752) 1. omposition or metal diaphragm. 258

21 Type 95BH Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Ordering Guide Body Size (Select One) 1/2-inch 3/4-inch 1-inch Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) 1/2, 3/4, and 1-inch Body Sizes 15 to 30 psig (1,0 to 2,1 bar)*** 25 to 75 psig (1,7 to 5,2 bar)*** 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar)*** To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * 1-1/2-inch 2-inch Bronze*** 1-1/2 and 2-inch Body Sizes 5 to 80 psig (0,3 to 5,5 bar)*** 60 to 120 psig (4,1 to 8,3 bar)*** 100 to 140 psig (6,9 to 9,7 bar)*** 120 to 150 psig (8,3 to 10,3 bar)*** Diaphragm Material (Select One) omposition Neoprene (R)*** Metal 302 Stainless steel*** Monel * Seat Material Metal Seat (Select One) Valve Plug 416 Stainless steel (standard)*** 316 Stainless steel** Brass** Monel ** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** omposition Seat (Select one from each column) Disk Holder Disk Brass*** Neoprene (R)*** 316 Stainless steel** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** PTFE*** Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Orifice Material (Select One) 416 Stainless steel (standard)*** 316 Stainless steel** Brass** Monel** Diaphragm Head ssembly Material (Select One) luminum*** Spring Material (Select One) Specification Worksheet pplication (Please designate units): Specific Use Line Size Gas Type and Specific Gravity Gas Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No If yes, which is preferred: Relief Valve Monitor Regulator Shutoff Device Is overpressure protection equipment selection assistance desired? Pressure (Please designate units): Maximum Inlet Pressure (P 1max ) Minimum Inlet Pressure (P 1min ) Downstream Pressure Setting(s) (P 2 ) Maximum Flow (Q max ) Performance Required: ccuracy Requirements? Need for Extremely Fast Response? Other Requirements: 316 Stainless steel** Zinc-Plated steel*** Inconel or Stainless steel (for orrosive or Severe pplications)** Spring Seat Material (Select One) luminum*** Gasket Material (Select One) omposition*** Graphite** Degreasing for Pure Gas (Optional) Level Level (for Oxygen) Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) 316 Stainless steel** Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. 259

22 Type 95BL Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Introduction The Type 95BL bronze, direct-operated, pressure reducing regulator is designed to meet the needs of a variety of specialty and demanding applications. These compact, large-capacity regulators are available in the 1/2-inch body size only, with threaded NPT end connections. They are designed to handle inlet pressures up to 250 psig (17,2 bar) and temperatures from -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ). Body Sizes and End onnection Styles 1/2-inch threaded NPT Flow and Sizing oefficients See Table 4 Pressure Registration Internal through the body to the underside of the diaphragm Temperature apabilities See Table 1 Maximum Inlet Pressure 250 psig (17,2 bar) Maximum llowable Operating Inlet Pressure 250 psig (17,2 bar) Maximum llowable Outlet Pressure Bronze Spring ase: 125 psig (8,6 bar) ast Iron Spring ase: 50 psig (3,4 bar) Outlet Pressure Ranges 2 to 30 psig (138 mbar to 2,1 bar) in three ranges See Table 2 Shutoff lassification Per NSI/FI 70-3 Metal Seats: lass IV (standard) omposition Seats: lass VI or better Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE): lass V pproximate Shipping Weight 18 pounds (8,2 kg) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W7520 Figure 1. Type 95BL Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Features Bronze onstruction ryogenic Temperature pplications Specialty Gases Oxygen leaning Versatile ompact, Rugged onstruction W0079 INLET PRESSURE OUTLET pressure TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Figure 2. Type 95BL Operational Schematic Table 1. Temperature apabilities NITRILE (NBR) PRTS NEOPRENE (R) PRTS FLUOROELSTOMER (FKM) PRTS PTFE PRTS ST IRON PRTS 300 SERIES STINLESS STEEL PRTS 400 SERIES STINLESS STEEL PRTS BRONZE ND BRSS PRTS TYPE Y VENT -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ) -40 to 350 F (-40 to 177 ) -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ) -40 to 350 F (-40 to 177 ) -325 to 350 F (-198 to 177 ) Up to 180 F (82 ) 260

23 Type 95BL Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 2. Outlet Pressure Ranges OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE (1), 2 to 6 5 to to 30 (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) (0,3 to 1,0) (0,9 to 2,1) SPRING OLOR Yellow Green Red SPRING PRT NUMBER 1E D E SPRING WIRE DIMETER, INHES (mm) (5,26) (5,94) (7,14) SPRING FREE LENGTH, INHES (mm) 2.50 (63,5) 2.62 (66,5) 2.44 (62,0) 1. ll springs can be backed off to 0 psig (0 bar). Table 3. onstruction Materials BODY Bronze (STM B61 Grade 92200) SPRING SE ast iron (126 lass B) or Bronze (STM B61 Grade 92200) DIPHRGM Neoprene (R), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), 302 Stainless steel, or Monel VLVE PLUG (METL SET) VLVE PLUG GUIDE DISK (composition SET) 316 Stainless steel, 416 Stainless steel, Brass, or Monel Brass Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Neoprene (R), or PTFE DISK HOLDER (composition SET) ORIFIE STEM SSEMBLY ND PUSHER POST SPRING DIPHRGM HED SSEMBLY SPRING SET DJUSTING SREWS BUSHINGS GSKETS VLVE SPRING BOLTING 316 Stainless steel or Brass Brass, 416 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Monel Brass or Monel Zinc-plated steel, Inconel, or Stainless steel (depending on spring range and/or application) luminum or 316 Stainless steel luminum or 316 Stainless steel Steel or 18-8 Stainless steel Brass omposition or Graphite (optional) 302 Stainless steel Bronze Spring ase: Stainless steel ast Iron Spring ase: Grade 5 zinc-plated steel body size, inches (DN) WIDE-OPEN OEFFIIENTS (FOR RELIEF SIZING) Table 4. Flow and Sizing oefficients 1 K m IE SIZING OEFFIIENTS g v F L X T F D 1/

24 Type 95BL Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 5. apacities OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 10% Offset 20% Offset 2 to 6 (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) 5 (0,3) (1,4) (3,4) (6,9) (13,8) (17,2) (13,4) (16,1) (18,8) (18,8) (18,8) (20,1) (22,8) (24,1) (24,1) (24,1) 5 to 15 (0,3 to 1,0) 10 (0,7) 15 (1,0) (1,4) (3,4) (6,9) (13,8) (17,2) (1,4) (3,4) (6,9) (13,8) (17,2) (20,1) (26,8) (26,8) (26,8) (26,8) (21,4) (34,8) (37,5) (37,5) (37,5) (29,5) (37,5) (37,5) (37,5) (37,5) (32,2) (42,9) (48,2) (48,2) (48,2) 13 to 30 (0,9 to 2,1) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) (2,1) (3,4) (6,9) (13,8) (17,2) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) (29,5) (37,5) (42,9) (42,9) (42,9) (53,6) (64,3) (67,0) (67,0) (40,2) (48,2) (56,3) (56,3) (56,3) (72,4) (96,5) (96,5) (96,5) Note: To obtain capacities for regulators using metal diaphragms, multiply the table values by 0.8. D 1/8-INH drilled hole (3,2 mm) VENT (ST IRON) OR 1/4-INH npt VENT (BRONZE) (MXIMUM) B BODY SIZE NPT B2549 Figure 3. Dimensions Table 6. Dimensions Dimensions, Inches (mm) B D 3.88 (99) 1.81 (46) 6.12 (155) 7.00 (178) 262

25 Type 95BL Bronze Pressure Reducing Regulator Ordering Guide Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** Bronze*** Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) 2 to 6 psig (138 mbar to 0,4 bar)*** 5 to 15 psig (0,3 to 1 bar)*** 13 to 30 psig (0,9 to 2,1 bar)*** Diaphragm Material (Select One) omposition Metal Neoprene (R)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** 302 Stainless steel*** Monel * Seat Material Metal Seat (Select One) Valve Plug 416 Stainless steel (standard)*** 316 Stainless steel** Brass** Monel** omposition Seat (select one from each column) Disk Holder To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Disk Brass*** Neoprene (R)*** 316 Stainless steel** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** PTFE*** Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Orifice Material (Select One) 416 Stainless steel (standard)*** 316 Stainless steel** Brass** Monel** Diaphragm Head ssembly Material (Select One) luminum*** 316 Stainless steel** Spring Material (Select One) Zinc-Plated steel*** Inconel or Stainless steel (For orrosive or Severe pplications)** Spring Seat Material (Select One) luminum*** 316 Stainless steel** Gasket Material for Metal Diaphragm (Select One) omposition*** Graphite** Degreasing for Pure Gas (Optional) Level Level (For Oxygen) Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication (Please designate units): Specific Use Line Size Gas Type and Specific Gravity Gas Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No If yes, which is preferred: Relief Valve Monitor Regulator Shutoff Device Is overpressure protection equipment selection assistance desired? Pressure (Please designate units): Maximum Inlet Pressure (P 1max ) Minimum Inlet Pressure (P 1min ) Downstream Pressure Setting(s) (P 2 ) Maximum Flow (Q max ) Performance Required: ccuracy Requirements? Need for Extremely Fast Response? Other Requirements: 263

26 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Introduction The 95H Series regulators are compact, rugged, direct-operated, pressure reducing regulators. The units are available in 1/4-inch and 1/2 through 2-inch (DN 15 through 50) body sizes and are offered with several different end connection configurations. They are designed to handle inlet pressures up to 600 psig (41,4 bar) and temperatures from -40 to 650 F (-40 to 343 ). The Type 95HD differential pressure reducing regulator uses spring force to maintain a pressure differential between the spring case loading pressure and regulator outlet pressure. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 2 Features Versatility Optional Elastomer Seats for Tight Shutoff In-Line Maintenance High Stability ompact, Rugged onstruction Inlet = Outlet Pressure Rating Reduced Trims Not Required NE vailability Maximum Inlet Pressure 600 psig (41,4 bar) See Table 5 Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressure See Table 5 Outlet Pressure Ranges 5 to 400 psig (0,3 to 27,6 bar) in several ranges See Table 6 Flow oefficients See Table 7 IE Sizing oefficients See Table 8 Pressure Registration Types 95H, 95HT, and 95HP: Internal Type 95HD: Internal with outside pressure source for differential pressure dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: w1888_a Figure 1. Type 95H, 95HT, or 95HP Pressure Reducing Regulator w1894_95hd Figure 2. Type 95HD Differential Pressure Reducing Regulator TYPE 95H 95HD 95HP 95HT Table 1. vailable onfigurations ONFIGURTION Outlet pressures from 5 to 150 psig (0,3 to 10,3 bar) Differential pressures from 5 to 150 psig (0,3 to 10,3 bar) with handwheel and packing box Outlet pressures from 15 to 400 psig (1,0 to 27,6 bar) (soft seated) Outlet pressures from 15 to 300 psig (1,0 to 20,7 bar) and temperatures (metal seat) of up to 650 F (343 ) Table 2. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) ast Iron Body body materials Steel, Stainless Steel Hastelloy, or Monel Body 1/4 NPT NPT 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, or 2 (15, 20, 25, 40, or 50) NPT NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, SWE, or PN 16/25/40 Note: 1/4-inch body size is only available with threaded NPT connections. DN values are provided only to body sizes with flanged end connections. Table 3. onstruction Materials REGULTOR SPRING BODY SPRING SE Types 95H and 95HD Types 95HT and 95HP VLVE SPRING TRIM MTERILS ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Hastelloy, or Monel ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel Zinc-plated steel (standard) 17-7PH Stainless steel 302 Stainless steel (standard) and Inconel X See Table 4 264

27 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators PRT NME Diaphragm Valve Plug Guide Valve Plug (Metal Seat) or Disk Holder and Disk (Elastomer Seat) Orifice Stem ssembly 1-1/2 and 2-inch Bodies (DN 40 and 50) Standard Table 4. Trim Materials ELSTOMER SET 1/4; 1/2, 3/4, and 1-inch Bodies (DN 15, 20, and 25) Neoprene (R) or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) 416 Stainless steel or Brass disk holder with Nitrile (NBR) Brass or 416 Stainless steel METL SET Optional Standard Optional 302 Stainless steel, Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), Monel, or Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Protector available with Elastomeric diaphragm 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 302 Stainless steel Monel or Hastelloy 416 Stainless steel Stainless steel Brass or 416 Stainless steel Brass or 416 Stainless steel Neoprene (R) or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) disk 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy disk holder with PTFE, Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) disk 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Types 95H and 95HD 95HP 95HT Table 5. Maximum old Working Pressures of Body Sizes and Materials (1)(2) Body Sizes ll Sizes ll Sizes 1/4, 1/2 to 1-inch (DN 15 to 25) 1-1/2 or 2-inch (DN 40 or 50) Body and Spring ase Materials ast iron Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Maximum Inlet Pressure, psig (bar) 250 (17,2) 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) 600 (41,4) 600 (41,4) 600 (41,4) 600 (41,4) 600 (41,4) 600 (41,4) 1. The pressure limits in this application guide, and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Temperature and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum pressures. Maximum Outlet Pressure, psig (bar) 250 (17,2) 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) 600 (41,4) 550 (37,9) 600 (41,4) 550 (37,9) 450 (31,0) 450 (31,0) TYPEs 95H and 95HD 95HT 95HP BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) Table 6. Outlet or Differential Pressure Ranges OUTLET or differential PRESSURE RNGE (1), 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) 5 to 80 (0,3 to 5,5) 60 to 120 (4,1 to 8,3) 100 to 140 (6,9 to 9,7) 120 to 150 (8,3 to 10,3) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 300 (5,5 to 20,7) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 300 (5,5 to 20,7) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 300 (5,5 to 20,7) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 60 to 260 (4,1 to 17,9) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 400 (5,5 to 27,6) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 400 (5,5 to 27,6) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 400 (5,5 to 27,6) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 60 to 300 (4,1 to 20,7) SPRING WIRE DIMETER, INHES (mm) (3,76) (4,37) (5,26) (5,26) (5,94) (7,14) (7,77) (8,71) (10,3) (13,5) (14,3) (15,1) (16,7) (4,88) (7,16) (7,16) (9,53) (11,1) (14,3) (15,9) (20,6) (4,88) (7,16) (7,16) (9,53) (11,1) (14,3) (15,9) (20,6) SPRING PRT NUMBER ND OLOR 1E Yellow 1E Green 1E Red 1E Yellow 1D Green 1E Red 1E Yellow 1E Green 1E Red 1E Light blue 1E Light gray 1E Yellow 1P Black 14B9941X012 Unpainted 14B9940X012 Unpainted 14B9943X012 Unpainted 14B9942X012 Unpainted 14B9944X012 Unpainted 14B9945X012 Unpainted 17B1704X012 Unpainted 17B1705X012 Unpainted 14B9941X012 Unpainted 14B9940X012 Unpainted 14B9943X012 Unpainted 14B9942X012 Unpainted 14B9944X012 Unpainted 14B9945X012 Unpainted 17B1704X012 Unpainted 17B1705X012 Unpainted 1. For Type 95HD regulator, the pressure ranges indicate differential pressure that can be obtained with the indicated spring. The differential pressure (spring setting) is added to the spring case loading pressure to determine the actual outlet pressure. 265

28 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators 6616 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure M1006 inlet pressure outlet pressure loading pressure Figure 3. Type 95H with Elastomer Seat Operational Schematic Figure 4. Type 95HD Operational Schematic Table 7. Flow oefficients Table 8. IE Sizing oefficients BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) WIDE-OPEN OEFFIIENTS (FOR RELIEF SIZING) v g s 1 K m BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) x t f d f l 1/ / /2 (15) /4, 1 (20, 25) /2 (15) /4, 1 (20, 25) /2, 2 (40, 50) /2, 2 (40, 50) Types 95H and 95HD 95HP 95HT Table 9. Maximum Temperature Ranges of Body Materials (1)(2) Body and spring case materials ast iron Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel temperature range -40 to 406 F (-40 to 208 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) -20 to 650 F (-29 to 343 ) -40 to 550 F (-40 to 288 ) 1. The temperature limits in this pplication Guide, and any applicable standard or code limitation for this regulator should not be exceeded. 2. Pressures and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum temperatures. Table 10. Maximum Temperature Ranges for Diaphragm and Seat Materials (1)(2) MTERIL Nitrile (NBR) Neoprene (R) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) PTFE Stainless steel TEMPERTURE RNGE -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) hot water limited to 200 F (93 ) -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) 0 to 450 F (-18 to 232 ) -40 to 400 F (-40 to 204 ) -40 to 650 F (-40 to 343 ) 1. The temperature limits in this pplication Guide, and any applicable standard or code limitation for this regulator should not be exceeded. 2. Pressures and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum temperatures. 266

29 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, 15 to 30 (1,0 to 2,1) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 70 to 150 (4,8 to 10,3) Table 11. Types 95H and 95HD apacities for 1/4 and 1/2 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) Body Sizes with Elastomer Diaphragm (1) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 15 (1,0) 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 150 (10,3) INLET PRESSURE, (2,1) (3,4) (6,9) (13,8) (20,7) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 75 (5,2) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (12,1) (13,8) (20,7) PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR 1/4-inch Body 1/2-inch (DN 15) Body 3/4-inch (DN 20) Body 1-inch (DN 25) Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset (18,2) (22,5) (29,5) (50,9) (53,6) (20,9) (42,9) (75,0) (85,8) (32,2) (37,5) (69,7) (107) (42,9) (99,2) (137) (53,6) (53,6) (75,0) (107) (67,0) (80,4) (145) (26,8) (32,2) (42,9) (61,6) (72,4) (25,7) (67,0) (113) (123) (42,9) (61,6) (121) (166) (64,3) (145) (204) (75,0) (93,8) (123) (185) (102) (115) (204) To obtain capacities for regulators using metal diaphragms, multiply the table values by 0.6. (24,1) (24,1) (37,5) (59,0) (72,4) (34,8) (53,6) (83,1) (107) (37,5) (56,3) (83,1) (93,8) (61,6) (99,2) (126) (91,1) (107) (139) (214) (150) (174) (233) (37,5) (40,2) (56,3) (75,0) (88,4) (56,3) (80,4) (115) (131) (61,6) (77,7) (123) (137) (99,2) (147) (190) (155) (182) (220) (295) (255) (295) (402) (59,0) (77,7) (107) (161) (198) (107) (169) (247) (268) (161) (198) (295) (322) (214) (375) (429) (228) (322) (402) (509) (375) (429) (616) (83,1) (115) (161) (214) (257) (161) (263) (322) (375) (230) (295) (456) (482) (322) (563) (670) (375) (482) (616) (777) (536) (643) (992) (59,0) (91,1) (145) (233) (268) (107) (198) (322) (402) (169) (188) (402) (509) (233) (456) (616) (295) (375) (429) (697) (429) (536) (831) (88,4) (145) (214) (314) (375) (177) (295) (482) (563) (257) (348) (643) (724) (348) () (938) (429) (536) (724) (1018) (590) (697) (1179) Table 12. Types 95H and 95HD apacities for 1-1/2 and 2-inch (DN 40 and 50) Body Sizes with Elastomer or Metal Diaphragm OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR 1-1/2-inch (DN 40) Body 2-inch (DN 50) Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 5 (0,3) 10 (0,69) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 950 (25,5) 3500 (93,8) 6500 (174) (322) (482) (26,8) 4000 (107) 8000 (214) (375) (536) (26,8) 4000 (107) 9000 (241) (429) (509) 1100 (29,5) 5500 (147) (322) (509) (563) 5 to 80 (0,3 to 5,5) 30 (2,1) 40 (2,8) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 3400 (91,1) 4500 (121) 8000 (214) (536) (777) 6100 (163) 9000 (241) (402) (831) (1018) 4500 (121) 8000 (214) (643) (1286) (1420) 6200 (166) (268) (804) (1474) (1581) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 9000 (241) (268) (563) (1045) (375) (509) (965) (1367) (322) (536) (1152) (1742) (536) (1072) (2010) (2251) 75 (5,2) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (375) (616) (1152) (590) (1313) (1742) (402) (1340) (2412) () (2412) (3216) 60 to 120 (4,1 to 8,3) 125 (8,6) 225 (15,5) 300 (20,7) (295) () (1072) (777) (1662) (2358) (322) () (1474) (804) (1662) (2144) 100 to 140 (6,9 to 9,7) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (563) () (1126) (1072) (1447) (2278) (590) (1045) (2305) (1072) (1876) (4020) 120 to 150 (8,3 to 10,3) 150 (10,3) 175 (12,1) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) (509) (616) (1206) (858) (1179) (2412) (536) (643) (2305) (884) (1206) (3752) 267

30 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 13. Type 95HP apacities for 1/4 and 1/2 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) Body Sizes with Elastomer Diaphragm OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 400 (5,5 to 27,6) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 15 (1,0) 50 (3,4) 125 (8,6) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) INLET PRESSURE, 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 125 (8,6) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 225 (15,5) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 350 (24,1) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 1/4-inch Body 1/2-inch (DN 15) Body 3/4-inch (DN 20) Body 1-inch (DN 25) Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 300 (8,04) 380 (10,2) 800 (21,4) 1200 (32,2) 1700 (45,6) 1800 (48,2) 2100 (56,3) 1400 (37,5) 3000 (80,4) 3500 (93,8) 4000 (107) 5000 (134) (53,6) 4500 (121) 6100 (163) 7000 (188) 7800 (209) 2100 (56,3) 2800 (75,0) 3700 (99,2) 5200 (139) 7000 (188) 3200 (85,8) 4200 (113) 5700 (153) 7200 (193) 5200 (139) 5600 (150) 7200 (193) 7000 (188) 7200 (193) 550 (14,7) 600 (16,1) 1200 (32,2) 1700 (45,6) 2300 (61,6) 2300 (61,6) 2600 (69,7) 2500 (67,0) 4600 (123) 5500 (147) 5700 (153) 5700 (153) 3200 (85,8) 5700 (153) 8300 (222) (268) (322) 2800 (75,0) 4000 (107) 5700 (153) 0 (201) (295) 4500 (121) 6600 (177) 8500 (228) (348) 7700 (206) 8800 (236) (348) (348) (375) 600 (16,1) 700 (18,8) 1100 (29,5) 2100 (56,3) 2700 (72,4) 3300 (88,4) 4500 (121) 2300 (61,6) 3500 (93,8) 4400 (118) 5200 (139) 6000 (161) 4100 (110) 5700 (153) 7200 (193) 7800 (209) 9000 (241) 3000 (80,4) 4000 (107) 5200 (139) 6500 (174) 9300 (249) 5500 (147) 6500 (174) 8800 (236) (295) 9000 (241) 9500 (255) (322) (295) (322) 850 (22,8) 1200 (32,2) 1700 (45,6) 2800 (75,0) 3300 (88,4) 3800 (102) 4800 (129) 3800 (102) 5700 (153) 6400 (172) 7000 (188) 8200 (220) 6700 (180) 9300 (249) (295) (322) (375) 5200 (139) 6500 (174) 8200 (220) (268) (375) 9300 (249) (295) (375) (509) (429) (456) (563) (536) (563) 1300 (34,8) 1500 (40,2) 3100 (83,1) 4500 (121) 6500 (174) 8200 (220) (322) 5000 (134) 8000 (214) (295) (375) (509) 8500 (228) (348) (482) (590) (777) 7000 (188) 9500 (255) (348) (429) (536) (295) (456) (563) (804) (563) (643) (965) (938) (1072) 1800 (48,2) 2400 (64,3) 4300 (115) 6200 (166) 8000 (214) 9500 (255) (348) 8500 (228) (348) (429) (509) (643) (375) (590) (777) (858) (1045) (295) (402) (536) (670) (911) (536) () (938) (1340) (992) (1099) (1581) (1608) (1742) 1200 (32,2) 1900 (50,9) 3000 (80,4) 5500 (147) 0 (201) 9000 (241) (322) 5400 (145) (268) (402) (429) (536) 8800 (236) (429) (563) () (1152) 7800 (209) 8500 (228) (322) (456) (697) (322) (482) (590) (804) (590) (697) (1179) (1126) (1340) 1600 (42,9) 2700 (72,4) 4700 (126) 0 (201) (268) (322) (429) 9300 (249) (429) (616) (697) (884) (402) (697) (938) (1206) (1769) (348) (402) (616) (777) (1168) (563) (831) (1072) (1581) (1018) (1260) (2171) (2144) (2278) Table 14. Type 95HT apacities for 1/4 and 1/2 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) Body Sizes with Metal Diaphragms OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 80 to 300 (5,5 to 20,7) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 15 (1,0) 50 (3,4) 125 (8,6) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) INLET PRESSURE, (2,1) (3,4) (6,9) (13,8) (20,7) (27,6) (41,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) 125 (8,6) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 600 (41,4) (10,3) (13,8) (20,7) (27,6) (41,4) (15,5) (20,7) (27,6) (41,4) (24,1) (27,6) (41,4) PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 1/4-inch Body 1/2-inch (DN 15) Body 3/4-inch (DN 20) Body 1-inch (DN 25) Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset (4,82) (6,16) (12,9) (19,3) (26,8) (29,5) (34,8) (22,5) (48,2) (56,3) (64,3) (80,4) (32,2) (72,4) (99,2) (113) (126) (34,8) (45,6) (59,0) (83,1) (113) (50,9) (67,0) (91,1) (115) (83,1) (91,1) (115) (8,84) (9,65) (19,3) (26,8) (37,5) (37,5) (42,9) (40,2) (75,0) (88,4) (91,1) (91,1) (50,9) (91,1) (134) (161) (193) (45,6) (64,3) (91,1) (121) (177) (72,4) (107) (137) (209) (123) (142) (209) (9,65) (11,3) (17,7) (34,8) (42,9) (53,6) (72,4) (37,5) (56,3) (69,7) (83,1) (96,5) (67,0) (91,1) (115) (126) (145) (48,2) (64,3) (83,1) (105) (150) (88,4) (105) (142) (177) (145) (153) (193) (13,7) (19,3) (26,8) (45,6) (53,6) (61,6) (77,7) (61,6) (91,1) (102) (113) (131) (107) (150) (177) (193) (225) (83,1) (105) (131) (161) (225) (150) (177) (225) (306) (257) (273) (338) (20,9) (24,1) (50,9) (72,4) (105) (131) (193) (80,4) (129) (177) (225) (306) (137) (209) (289) (354) (466) (113) (153) (209) (257) (322) (177) (273) (338) (482) (338) (386) (338) (29,5) (37,5) (69,7) (99,2) (129) (153) (209) (137) (209) (257) (306) (386) (225) (354) (466) (515) (627) (177) (241) (322) (402) (547) (322) (450) (563) (804) (595) (659) (949) (19,3) (29,5) (48,2) (88,4) (121) (145) (193) (85,8) (161) (241) (257) (322) (142) (257) (338) (450) (691) (126) (137) (193) (273) (418) (193) (289) (354) (482) (354) (418) (708) (25,7) (42,9) (75,0) (121) (161) (193) (257) (150) (257) (370) (418) (531) (241) (418) (563) (724) (1061) (209) (241) (370) (466) (702) (338) (498) (643) (949) (611) (756) (1302) 268

31 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, Table 15. Types 95HT (Metal Diaphragm) and 95HP (Elastomer Diaphragm) apacities for 1-1/2 and 2-inch (DN 40 and 50) Bodies OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, 1-1/2-inch (DN 40) Body PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 2-inch (DN 50) Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 15 (1,0) 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) 1800 (48,2) 4500 (121) 7000 (188) (375) (563) () (804) 2800 (75,0) 6000 (161) 9500 (255) (482) (670) (804) (858) (53,6) 5000 (134) (268) (831) (831) (884) (911) 3000 (80,4) 8000 (214) (429) (884) (884) (938) (965) 15 to 100 (1,0 to 6,9) 50 (3,4) 60 (4,1) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) 6500 (174) (322) (643) (965) (1447) (1608) (295) (482) (992) (1340) (1662) (1796) 8000 (214) (804) (1688) (2090) (2358) (2466) (348) (965) (1956) (2278) (2466) (2546) 125 (8,6) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) (536) (804) (1286) (2010) (2198) (858) (1474) (2010) (2546) (2760) (1072) (2198) (2868) (3404) (3564) (1206) (2600) (3136) (3484) (3618) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) (429) (536) (965) (1286) (1394) (697) (884) (1394) (2278) (2546) (456) (536) (1340) (2948) (3350) (697) (911) (2010) (4288) (4556) 60 to 260 (4,1 to 17,9) 200 (13,8) 225 (15,5) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) (724) (1072) (1930) (2412) (1367) (1930) (3216) (3484) () (1126) (2680) (3350) (1394) (2144) (4556) (4824) 250 (17,2) 275 (19,0) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) (804) (1206) (1983) (2251) (1608) (2144) (3457) (3886) (804) (1072) (2492) (2948) (1608) (2144) (4502) (4878) 60 to 300 (4,1 to 20,7) Type 95HP only 300 (20,7) 350 (24,1) 400 (27,6) 500 (34,5) 600 (41,4) (1420) (1715) (2546) (3002) (2519) (3082) (3886) (4502) (1447) (1876) (2948) (3645) (2600) (3430) (4368) (5333) - Shaded areas indicate capacities limited due to boost. Regulator Tip Droop is the reduction of outlet pressure experienced by pressure-reducing regulators as the flow rate increases. It is stated as a percent, in inches of water column (mbar) or in pounds per square inch (bar) and indicates the difference between the outlet pressure setting made at low flow rates and the actual outlet pressure at the published maximum flow rate. Droop is also called offset or proportional band. 269

32 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators D J D (maximum) (maximum) E-npt body size npt B B (178) 14 (356) a0811_2 B a body size npt a0810_2 a type 95h OR 95HT FLNGED BODIES VILBLE IN 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, ND 2-INH (DN 15, 20, 25, 40 and 50) BODY SIZES WITH L150 RF, L300 RF, ND PN 16/25/40 END ONNETION STYLES type 95hd inches (mm) Figure 5. Dimensions Body Size, Inches (DN) Table 16. Types 95H, 95HT, and 95HP Dimensions and Shipping Weights ast Iron Steel, Stainless Steel, Hastelloy, or Monel Dimensions, Inches (mm) B D PPROXIMTE SHIPPING WEIGHTs FOR NPT BODIES, POUNDS (kg) 1/ (57,2) 2.75 (69,9) 1.81 (46,0) 4.50 (114) 3.19 (81,0) 4 (1,8) 1/2 (15) 3.88 (98,6) 4.00 (102) 1.81 (46,0) 6.00 (152) 4.25 (108) 8 (3,6) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 4.88 (124) 5.00 (127) 2.25 (57,2) 9.12 (232) 6.06 (154) 20 (9,1) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) 7.25 (184) 7.25 (184) 2.88 (73,2) (373) 8.19 (208) 73 (33,1) Body Size, Inches (DN) ast Iron Table 17. Type 95HD Dimensions and Shipping Weights Steel or Stainless Steel Dimensions, Inches (mm) B D j E (NPT) PPROXIMTE SHIPPING WEIGHTs FOR NPT BODIES, POUNDS (kg) 1/ (57,2) 2.75 (69,9) 1.81 (46,0) 7.88 (200) 3.19 (81,0) 2.75 (69,9) 1/8 4 (1,8) 1/2 (15) 3.88 (98,6) 4.00 (102) 1.81 (46,0) (254) 4.25 (108) 4.00 (102) 1/4 8 (3,6) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 4.88 (124) 5.00 (127) 2.25 (57,2) (384) 6.06 (154) 4.00 (102) 1/4 20 (9,1) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) 7.25 (184) 7.25 (184) 2.88 (73,2) (465) 8.19 (208) 6.75 (171) 1/4 73 (33,1) 270

33 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide Type (Select One) 95H 95HD (Differential) 95HP (High pressure, must be steel or stainless steel construction) 95HT (High temperature, must be steel or stainless steel construction) Body Size (Select One) 1/4-inch (NPT only) 1/2-inch (DN 15) 3/4-inch (DN 20) 1-inch (DN 25) 1-1/2-inch (DN 40) 2-inch (DN 50) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast iron NPT*** W Steel F8M Stainless steel NPT*** NPT*** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** SWE** SWE** PN 16/25/40** PN 16/25/40** Hastelloy Monel NPT* NPT* L150 RF* L150 RF* L300 RF* L300 RF* SWE* SWE* PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron (standard for cast iron bodies)*** W Steel (standard for steel or stainless steel bodies)*** F8M Stainless steel (standard for Hastelloy or Monel bodies and optional for stainless steel)** Diaphragm - See Table 4 (Select One) Neoprene (R) (standard for Type 95H, 95HD, or 95HP)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** 302 Stainless steel (standard for Type 95HT)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Monel* PTFE Diaphragm Protector - See Table 4 (Optional) Yes (vailable with Neoprene (R), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) diaphragm)*** Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) Types 95H and 95HD with 1/4 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) Bodies 15 to 30 psig (1,0 to 2,1 bar)*** 25 to 75 psig (1,7 to 5,2 bar)*** 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar)*** Types 95H and 95HD with 1-1/2 to 2-inch (DN 40 to 50) Bodies 5 to 80 psig (0,3 to 5,5 bar)*** 60 to 120 psig (4,1 to 8,3 bar)*** 100 to 140 psig (6,9 to 9,7 bar)*** 120 to 150 psig (8,3 to 10,3 bar)*** Type 95HT with 1/4 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) Bodies 15 to 100 psig (1,0 to 6,9 bar)*** 80 to 300 psig (5,5 to 20,7 bar)*** Type 95HT with 1-1/2 to 2-inch (DN 40 to 50) Bodies 15 to 100 psig (1,0 to 6,9 bar)*** 60 to 260 psig (4,1 to 17,9 bar)*** Type 95HP with 1/4 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) Bodies 15 to 100 psig (1,0 to 6,9 bar)*** 80 to 400 psig (5,5 to 27,6 bar)*** Type 95HP with 1-1/2 to 2-inch (DN 40 to 50) Bodies 15 to 100 psig (1,0 to 6,9 bar)*** 60 to 300 psig (4,1 to 20,7 bar)*** - continued - 271

34 95H Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide (continued) Trim Material - See Table 4 (Select One) Metal Seat 416 Stainless steel (standard)*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Monel * Elastomer Seat (Select one from each column) Disk Holder Disk Brass*** Neoprene (R) or Nitrile (NBR)*** 416 Stainless steel*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** 316 Stainless steel** PTFE** Hastelloy * Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Monel* Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* NE Required Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 272

35 95L Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Introduction The 95L Series regulators are compact, rugged, direct-operated low-pressure regulators for outlet pressures of 2 to 30 psig (138 mbar to 2,1 bar). The units are available in 1/4 and 1/2 through 1-inch (DN 15 through 25) sizes are offered in several different end connection configurations. These regulators are designed to handle inlet pressures up to 300 psig (20,7 bar) and temperatures from -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ). The Type 95LD low-pressure regulator uses spring force to maintain a pressure differential between the spring case loading pressure and regulator outlet pressure. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 2 Features Versatility Optional Elastomer Seats for Tight Shutoff In-Line Maintenance High Stability Rugged onstruction Reduced Trims Not Required NE onstruction vailable Maximum Inlet Pressure 300 psig (20,7 bar) See Table 7 Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressure 125 psig (8,6 bar) See Table 7 Outlet or Differential Pressure Ranges 2 to 30 psig (138 mbar to 2,1 bar) See Table 8 Pressure Registration Type 95L: Internal Type 95LD: Internal with outside pressure source for differential pressure Flow and Sizing oefficients See Table 9 Temperature apabilities See Tables 5 and 6 dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W1888 Figure 1. Type 95L Pressure Reducing Regulators W6195 Figure 2. Type 95LD Differential Pressure Reducing Regulator TYPE 95L 95LD Table 1. vailable onfigurations ONFIGURTION Outlet pressures from 2 to 30 psig (138 mbar to 2,1 bar) Differential pressures from 2 to 30 psig (138 mbar to 2,1 bar) with handwheel and packing box Table 2. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) ast Iron BODY MTERIL Steel, Stainless Steel, Hastelloy, or Monel Body 1/4 NPT NPT 1/2, 3/4, 1 (15, 20, 25) NPT NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 Note: 1/4-inch body size is only available with threaded NPT connection. DN conversion is only provided to bodies with flanged end connections. Table 3. onstruction Materials BODY SPRING SE REGULTOR SPRING VLVE SPRING TRIM ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Hastelloy, or Monel ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel Zinc-plated steel 302 Stainless steel See Table 4 273

36 95L Series Pressure Reducing Regulators 6554 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure Figure 3. Type 95L with Metal Seat Operational Schematic Table 4. Trim Materials PRT NME ELSTOMER SET METL SET Standard Optional Standard Optional Diaphragm Neoprene or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) 302 Stainless steel, Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), Monel, or Hastelloy Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Protector available with elastomeric diaphragm 302 Stainless steel Monel or Hastelloy Valve Plug Guide Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Monel Hastelloy Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, or Brass Valve Plug Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Monel Hastelloy 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, Hastelloy, or Brass Disk Holder and Disk Brass or 416 Stainless steel disk holder with Neoprene or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) disk 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy disk holder with PTFE, Nitrile (NBR), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) disk Brass or 416 Stainless steel disk holder with 416 Stainless steel disk 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy disk holder with 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy disk Orifice Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Stem ssembly Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Brass or 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 274

37 95L Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 5. Maximum Temperature Ranges of Body Materials (1)(2) Material ast iron Steel Stainless steel Types 95L ND 95LD -40 to 406 F (-40 to 208 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) 1. The temperature limits in this application guide, and any applicable standard or code limitation for this regulator should not be exceeded. 2. Pressures and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum temperatures. Table 6. Maximum Temperature Ranges of Diaphragm and Seat Materials (1)(2) MTERIL Nitrile (NBR) Neoprene Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) PTFE Stainless steel TEMPERTURE RNGE -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) 0 to 450 F (-18 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) -40 to 650 F (-40 to 343 ) 1. The temperature limits in this application guide, and any applicable standard or code limitation for this regulator should not be exceeded. 2. Pressures and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum temperatures. REGULTOR Types 95L and 95LD Table 7. Maximum old Working Pressures of Body Size and Material (1)(2) BODY SIZE ll Sizes BODY ND SPRING SE MTERILS ast Iron Steel Stainless Steel 1. The pressure limits in this pplication Guide, and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Temperature and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum pressures. MXIMUM INLET PRESSURE, 250 (17,2) 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) MXIMUM OUTLET PRESSURE, 50 (3,4) 125 (8,6) 125 (8,6) TYPEs 95L and 95LD BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) Table 8. Outlet or Differential Pressure Ranges OUTLET OR DIFFERENTIL PRESSURE RNGE (1), 2 to 6 5 to to 30 2 to 6 5 to to 30 2 to 6 5 to to 30 (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) (0,3 to 1,0) (0,9 to 2,1) (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) (0,3 to 1,0) (0,9 to 2,1) (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) (0,3 to 1,0) (0,9 to 2,1) SPRING WIRE DIMETER, INHES (mm) (3,76) (4,37) (5,26) (5,26) (5,94) (7,14) (7,77) (8,71) (10,3) SPRING PRT NUMBER ND OLOR 1E E E E D E E E E Pressure ranges given for Type 95L regulator indicate actual outlet pressure. For Type 95LD regulators, the pressure ranges indicate the differential pressure that can be obtained with the indicated spring. The differential pressure (spring setting) is added to the spring case loading pressure to determine the actual outlet pressure. Yellow Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green Red BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) WIDE-OPEN OEFFIIENTS (FOR RELIEF SIZING) Table 9. Flow and Sizing oefficients 1 K m IE Sizing oefficients v g s X T F D F L 1/ /2 (15) /4, 1 (20, 25)

38 95L Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 10. Types 95L and 95LD apacities for 1/4 and 1/2 through 1-Inch (DN 15 through 25) Body Sizes with Elastomer Diaphragm (1) OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (Nm³/h) OF IR 1/4-inch Body 1/2-inch (DN 15) Body 3/4-inch (DN 20) Body 1-inch (DN 25) Body 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 10% Offset 20% Offset 2 to 6 (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) 5 (0,3) 20 (1,4) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) 300 (8,04) 450 (12,1) 530 (14,2) 600 (16,1) 630 (16,9) 630 (16,9) 630 (16,9) 600 (16,1) 700 (18,8) 700 (18,8) 700 (18,8) (20,1) 850 (22,8) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 1900 (50,9) 3500 (93,8) 4200 (113) 4200 (113) 4200 (113) 3400 (91,1) 5500 (147) 7200 (193) 8300 (222) 8300 (222) 2200 (59,0) 4200 (113) 5000 (134) 5000 (134) 5000 (134) 4000 (107) 6500 (174) 8500 (228) 9800 (263) (268) 5 to 15 (0,3 to 1,0) 10 (0,7) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) 20 (1,4) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) (20,1) (20,1) (20,1) (20,1) 450 (12,1) 900 (24,1) (26,8) (26,8) (26,8) 680 (18,2) 930 (24,9) (26,8) (26,8) (26,8) 700 (18,8) 1200 (32,2) 1300 (34,8) 1300 (34,8) 1300 (34,8) (20,1) (26,8) (26,8) (26,8) (26,8) 800 (21,4) 1300 (34,8) 1400 (37,5) 1400 (37,5) 1400 (37,5) 1100 (29,5) 1400 (37,5) 1400 (37,5) 1400 (37,5) 1400 (37,5) 1200 (32,2) 1600 (42,9) 1800 (48,2) 1800 (48,2) 1800 (48,2) 1700 (45,6) 2800 (75,0) 6400 (172) 8500 (228) 8500 (228) 1900 (50,9) 5100 (137) 8500 (228) (295) (295) 2500 (67) 5300 (142) 9300 (249) (348) (348) 2700 (72,4) 7200 (193) (348) (402) (402) (53,6) 3300 (88,4) 0 (201) (268) (268) 2200 (59,0) 6000 (161) (268) (348) (348) 3000 (80,4) 6300 (169) (295) (402) (402) 3200 (85,8) 8500 (228) (402) (482) (482) 13 to 30 (0,9 to 2,1) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) 50 (3,4) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) 550 (14,7) 900 (24,1) 1100 (29,5) 1100 (29,5) 1100 (29,5) 1200 (32,2) 1800 (48,2) 1900 (50,9) 1900 (50,9) 850 (22,8) 1300 (34,8) 1500 (40,2) 1500 (40,2) 1500 (40,2) 1500 (40,2) 2500 (67) 2500 (67) 2500 (67) 1100 (29,5) 1400 (37,5) 1600 (42,9) 1600 (42,9) 1600 (42,9) (53,6) 2400 (64,3) 2500 (67) 2500 (67) 1500 (40,2) 1800 (48,2) 2100 (56,3) 2100 (56,3) 2100 (56,3) 2700 (72,4) 3600 (96,5) 3600 (96,5) 3600 (96,5) 2500 (67) 4600 (123) 8000 (214) (348) (348) 4200 (113) 8500 (228) (375) (375) 3800 (102) 6800 (182) (348) (456) (456) 6400 (172) (348) (590) (590) 3000 (80,4) 5500 (147) 9500 (255) (402) (402) 5000 (134) (268) (456) (456) 4500 (121) 8000 (214) (402) (536) (536) 0 (201) (402) (697) (697) 1. To obtain capacities for regulators using metal diaphragms, multiply the table values by 0.8. Regulator Tip When a regulator appears unable to pass the published flow rate, be sure to check the inlet pressure measured at the regulator body inlet connection. Piping up to and away from regulators can cause significant flowing pressure losses. 276

39 95L Series Pressure Reducing Regulators D D J (MXIMUM) E-NPT (MXIMUM) B BODY SIZE NPT B BODY SIZE NPT 7 (178) B2550 B (356) INHES (mm) TYPE 95LD Type 95L FLNGED BODIES VILBLE IN 1/2, 3/4, ND 1-INH (DN 15, 20, and 25) BODY SIZES WITH L150 RF, L300 RF, OR PN 16/25/40 END ONNETIONS Figure 4. Dimensions Body Size, Inches (DN) ast Iron Table 11. Type 95L Dimensions and Shipping Weights Steel or Stainless Steel Dimensions, Inches (mm) B D PPROXIMTE SHIPPING WEIGHTs FOR NPT BODIES, POUNDS (kg) 1/ (57) 2.75 (70) 1.81 (46) 4.62 (117) 5.06 (129) 6 (2,7) 1/2 (15) 3.88 (99) 4.00 (102) 1.81 (46) 6.12 (155) 7.00 (178) 12 (5,4) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 4.88 (124) 5.00 (127) 2.25 (57) 9.12 (232) (259) 32 (14,5) Body Size, Inches (DN) ast Iron Table 12. Type 95LD Dimensions and Shipping Weights Steel or Stainless Steel Dimensions, Inches (mm) B D E (NPT) J PPROXIMTE SHIPPING WEIGHTs, FOR NPT BODIES POUNDS (kg) 1/ (57) 2.75 (70) 1.81 (46) 7.94 (202) 5.06 (129) 1/ (70) 6 (2,7) 1/2 (15) 3.88 (99) 4.00 (102) 1.81 (46) (257) 7.00 (178) 1/ (102) 12 (5,4) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 4.88 (124) 5.00 (127) 2.25 (57) (389) (259) 1/ (102) 32 (14,5) 277

40 95L Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide Type (Select One) Trim Material - See Table 4 (Select One) Metal Seat (Select from each part) Disk 95L 95LD (differential) Body Size (Select One) 1/4-inch (NPT only) 1/2-inch (DN 15) 3/4-inch (DN 20) 1-inch (DN 25) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron NPT*** W Steel 416 Stainless steel (standard)*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Monel * Disk Holder 416 Stainless steel*** Brass*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Monel* F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT*** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40** PN 16/25/40** To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Elastomer Seat (select one from each column) Disk Holder Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow Disk Brass*** Neoprene or Nitrile (NBR)*** 416 Stainless steel*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** 316 Stainless steel** PTFE** Hastelloy * Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Monel* Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Outlet or Differential Pressure Range (Select One) Types 95L and 95LD 2 to 6 psig (138 mbar to 0,4 bar)*** 5 to 15 psig (0,3 to 1 bar)*** 13 to 30 psig (0,9 to 2,1 bar)*** NE Required Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 278

41 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves Introduction Relief Set or Differential Pressure Ranges The 98H Series backpressure/relief valves are direct-operated. The Type 98HD uses additional pressure loading to maintain relief differential pressures or backpressures. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Types 98H and 98HD: 5 to 200 psig (0,3 to 13,8 bar) in four ranges for each body size Type 98HH: 150 to 375 psig (10,3 to 25,9 bar) in one range See Table 7 Temperature apabilities See Tables 2 and 3 Flow oefficient 1 : 35 Maximum Relief (Inlet) Pressures Type 98H: 300 psig (20,7 bar) Types 98HH and 98HD: 400 psig (27,6 bar) See Table 6 Features Highly Versatile lose, Stable Regulation ompact, Rugged Design Wide Material Selection In-Line Maintenance Hastelloy and Monel Materials vailable hemically ompatible Elastomers NE onstruction vailable IE Sizing oefficients See Table 8 pproximate Shipping Weights 1/4-inch Body: 4 pounds (1,8 kg) 1/2-inch (DN 15) Body: 8 pounds (3,6 kg) 3/4 and 1-inch (DN 20 and 25) Bodies: 20 pounds (9,1 kg) 1-1/2 and 2-inch (DN 40 and 50) Bodies: 73 pounds (33,1 kg) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W6155 Figure 1. Type 98H Backpressure/Relief Valve Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) BODY MTERIL Steel, Stainless Steel, ast Iron Monel, or Hastelloy 1/4 NPT NPT 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 or 2 (15, 20, 25, 40 or 50) NPT NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, SWE, PN16/25/40 Note: 1/4-inch body size is only available with threaded NPT connections. DN values are provided only to body sizes with flanged end connections. Table 2. Temperature apabilities for Elastomer Parts MTERIL Nitrile (NBR) Neoprene (R) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Diaphragm protector TEMPERTURE RNGE -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Limited to 200 F (93 ) for hot water -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) W6158 Figure 2. Type 98HD Differential Backpressure/Relief Valve Table 3. Temperature apabilities for Metal Parts MTERIL ast iron W Steel F8M Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy TEMPERTURE RNGE -40 to 406 F (-40 to 208 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) Table 4. onstruction Materials BODY SPRING SE TRIM MTERILS ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel See Table 5 279

42 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves OMP 6925 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric/loading pressure Figure 3. Types 98H and 98HH Backpressure/Relief Valve with Elastomeric Seat Operational Schematic M1005 loading pressure inlet pressure outlet pressure Figure 4. Type 98HD Operational Schematic Table 5. Trim Materials ELSTOMER SET STNDRD OPTIONL Orifice O-ring retainer Valve plug Valve plug guide Pusher post Diaphragm retaining washer Diaphragm O-ring seat 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Neoprene (R) Nitrile (NBR) 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) METL SET STNDRD OPTIONL Orifice Valve plug Valve plug guide Pusher post Diaphragm Diaphragm retaining washer 416 Stainless steel, hardened 416 Stainless steel, hardened 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 302 Stainless steel Not used 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel Neoprene (R), Fluoroelastomer (FKM) 316 Stainless steel Table 6. Maximum old Working Pressures of Body Size and Material (1)(2) type body size body and spring case materials maximum inlet pressure (3), psig (bar) 98H 98HD 98HH ll Sizes ll Sizes ll Sizes ast iron Steel Stainless steel ast iron Steel Stainless steel ast iron Steel Stainless steel 1. The pressure limits in this pplication Guide and any applicable standard limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Temperature and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum pressures. 3. Maximum inlet pressure is equal to set pressure plus build-up. 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) 300 (20,7) 400 (27,6) 400 (27,6) 400 (27,6) 400 (27,6) 280

43 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves Table 7. Relief Set or Differential Pressure Ranges TYPEs 98H and 98HD 98HH BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, or 1 (15, 20, or 25) 1-1/2 or 2 (40 or 50) 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, or 1 (15, 20, or 25) SPRING RNGE, 15 to to to to to to to to 170 (1,0 to 2,4) (1,7 to 5,2) (4,8 to 9,7) (9,0 to 13,8) (0,3 to 2,4) (1,4 to 4,5) (3,4 to 6,9) (5,5 to 11,7) SPRING OLOR Yellow Green Red Blue Dark gray Light blue Light gray Black 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) Silver body size, inches (DN) 1/4 Table 8. IE Sizing oefficients X T F D F L K m /2 (15) /4 and 1 (20 and 25) 1-1/2 and 2 (40 and 50) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) 1-1/2 or 2 (40 or 50) RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 1E Yellow 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 1E Green 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 1E Red 130 to 200 (9,0 to 13,8) 1L Blue 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 1E Yellow 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 1D Green 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 1E Red 130 to 200 (9,0 to 13,8) 1L Blue 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 1E Yellow 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 1E Green 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 1E Red 130 to 200 (9,0 to 13,8) 1L Blue 5 to 35 (0,3 to 2,4) 1E Dark gray 20 to 65 (1,4 to 4,5) 1E Light blue 50 to 100 (3,4 to 6,9) 1E Light gray 80 to 170 (5,5 to 11,7) 1P Black Table 9. Types 98H and 98HD apacities with omposition Diaphragm RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING, 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (13,8) 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (13,8) 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (13,8) 5 (0,3) 10 (0,7) 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 65 (4,5) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 170 (11,7) FLOW T RELIEF SETTING, SFH (Nm 3 /h) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Pressure Build-up Over Relief Setting, Psig (bar) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 50 (3,4) 1600 (42,9) 1800 (48,2) (53,6) 1200 (32,2) 1600 (42,9) 2300 (61,6) 1300 (34,8) (53,6) 2100 (56,3) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4) 3200 (85,8) 2200 (59,0) 2600 (69,7) 2800 (75,0) (53,6) 3800 (102) 4400 (118) 2600 (69,7) 3500 (93,8) 3800 (102) 2400 (64,3) 3200 (85,8) 3400 (91,1) 5000 (134) 7000 (188) 9000 (241) 4500 (121) 6000 (161) 0 (201) 5000 (134) 6500 (174) 7000 (188) 4700 (126) 5700 (153) 5700 (153) 6300 (169) 6500 (174) 7000 (188) 7200 (193) 9000 (241) 8500 (228) 8600 (230) 9300 (249) 9600 (257) 6100 (163) 6200 (166) 6600 (177) 4600 (123) 5600 (150) 6200 (166) 6500 (174) 1800 (48,2) 2200 (59,0) 2700 (72,4) 2100 (56,3) 2800 (75,0) 3700 (99,2) 2500 (67,0) 3500 (93,8) 3800 (102) 5000 (134) 5200 (139) 5600 (150) 3400 (91,1) 4400 (118) 4600 (123) 3600 (96,5) 6600 (177) 8000 (214) 5000 (134) 7400 (198) 7600 (204) 4600 (123) 5400 (145) 6000 (161) 7700 (206) 9700 (260) (322) 8500 (228) (308) (402) (268) (348) (389) 9000 (241) (281) (322) (268) (322) (348) (402) (429) (402) (456) (509) (509) (322) (348) (402) (268) (322) (375) (402) 2290 (61,4) 2800 (75,0) 3200 (85,8) 3100 (83,1) 3700 (99,2) 4700 (126) 4300 (115) 5600 (150) 6500 (174) 6700 (180) 7300 (196) 8200 (220) 5200 (139) 6000 (161) 6900 (185) 6400 (172) 8800 (236) (295) (268) (348) (375) 9000 (241) (295) (322) 9900 (265) (348) (375) (375) (456) (590) (536) (643) () (509) (616) (643) (616) (697) (777) (884) (992) (724) (777) (884) (992) (724) (777) (858) (590) (697) (804) (858) 3600 (96,5) 4100 (110) 4600 (123) 4600 (123) 5300 (142) 6500 (174) 6400 (172) 0 (201) 8700 (233) 9000 (241) (268) (308) 8400 (225) 9400 (252) (281) (281) (322) (389) (389) (456) (509) (536) (616) (670) (426) (480) (557) (557) (643) (777) (777) (911) (1045) (1126) (1313) (1447) (1099) (1179) (1260) (1394) (1581) (1286) (1447) (1528) (2144) (1876) (2090) (2412) (1796) (2090) (2305) (2680) 6000 (161) 6400 (172) 6850 (184) 6800 (182) 7600 (204) 8700 (233) 8700 (233) 9900 (265) (295) (322) (348) (375) (364) (391) (421) (421) (456) (482) (482) (563) (616) (697) () (804) (694) (748) (831) (831) (911) (1045) (1045) (1206) (1340) (1501) (1635) (1769) (1876) (1956) (2037) (2198) (2358) (2010) (2165) (2385) (3082) (2680) (3002) (3484) (2894) (3457) (3538) (4208) 281

44 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 1E Yellow 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 1E Green 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 1E Red 130 to 200 (9,0 to 13,8) 1L Blue 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 1E Yellow Table 10. Types 98H and 98HD apacities with Metal Diaphragm RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING, 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (13,8) 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) FLOW T RELIEF SETTING, SFH (Nm 3 /h) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Pressure Build-up Over Relief Setting, Psig (bar) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 50 (3,4) 950 (25,5) (26,8) 1100 (29,5) 900 (24,1) 1200 (32,2) 1300 (34,8) 1100 (29,5) 1200 (32,2) 1400 (37,5) (26,8) 1050 (28,1) 1100 (29,5) 1500 (40,2) 1600 (42,9) 1700 (45,6) 1300 (34,8) 1500 (40,2) 1600 (42,9) 1300 (34,8) 1700 (45,6) 2200 (59,0) 1400 (37,5) 1700 (45,6) (53,6) 1500 (40,2) 1800 (48,2) 1900 (50,9) 2500 (67,0) 2700 (72,4) 3000 (80,4) 1900 (50,9) 2100 (56,3) 2300 (61,6) 2200 (59,0) 2400 (64,3) 3300 (88,4) 1800 (48,2) 2600 (69,7) 3000 (80,4) 2500 (67,0) 2900 (77,7) 3000 (80,4) 4500 (121) 4900 (131) 5600 (150) 3100 (83,1) 3500 (93,8) 3900 (105) 3900 (105) 4200 (113) 5100 (137) 4300 (115) 5200 (139) 6000 (161) 5500 (147) 6200 (166) 6900 (185) 7200 (193) 8000 (214) 8470 (227) 5100 (137) 5400 (145) 5800 (155) 5800 (155) 6400 (172) 0 (201) 7000 (188) 9000 (241) (268) (268) (322) (348) (314) (338) (364) 1/2 (15) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 1D Green 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 1E Red 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 1400 (37,5) 1600 (42,9) 1800 (48,2) 1300 (34,8) 1800 (48,2) 1900 (50,9) 2300 (61,6) 2600 (69,7) 3200 (85,8) 2200 (59,0) 3000 (80,4) 3300 (88,4) 3700 (99,2) 4700 (126) 5700 (153) 4100 (110) 5400 (145) 6000 (161) 8900 (239) (268) (322) (268) (348) (375) (362) (397) (456) (429) (509) (563) 130 to 200 (9,0 to 13,8) 1L Blue 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (13,8) 1700 (45,6) 1800 (48,2) (53,6) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4) 3600 (96,5) 5000 (134) 5700 (153) 6400 (172) (322) (348) (402) (590) (643) (697) 15 to 35 (1,0 to 2,4) 1E Yellow 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) (53,6) 2700 (72,4) 3000 (80,4) 4000 (107) 5200 (139) 5500 (147) 8500 (228) 8700 (233) (268) (373) (418) (464) (603) (643) (697) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) 25 to 75 (1,7 to 5,2) 1E Green 70 to 140 (4,8 to 9,7) 1E Red 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 1500 (40,2) 2500 (67,0) 4000 (107) 2900 (77,7) 3000 (80,4) 3200 (85,8) 3500 (93,8) 4700 (126) 7000 (188) 4700 (126) 5000 (134) 6200 (166) 7200 (193) 9500 (255) (375) 9200 (247) (268) (322) (456) (536) (670) (616) (697) (831) (697) (766) (938) (938) (1072) (1206) 130 to 200 (9,0 to 13,8) 1L Blue 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (13,8) 1900 (50,9) (53,6) 3500 (93,8) 4500 (121) 5000 (134) 7000 (188) (268) (295) (375) () (804) (938) (1340) (1447) (1608) 5 to 35 (0,3 to 2,4) 1E Dark gray 5 (0,3) 10 (0,7) 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 6000 (161) 7200 (193) 0 (201) 8500 (228) 8700 (233) (281) (362) (389) (429) (456) (482) (563) (616) (724) (804) (876) (938) (992) (1126) (1260) (1493) (1570) (1635) (1758) (1876) 1-1/2 or 2 (40 or 50) 20 to 65 (1,4 to 4,5) 1E Light blue 50 to 100 (3,4 to 6,9) 1E Light gray 25 (1,7) 35 (2,4) 50 (3,4) 65 (4,5) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 6000 (161) 6700 (180) 7000 (188) 8000 (214) 2400 (64,3) 3800 (102) 6000 (161) (295) (402) (429) (456) (281) (415) (482) (536) (724) (777) (858) (536) (804) (911) (1099) (1233) (1528) (1822) (1260) (1608) (1769) (1715) (1847) (2187) (1975) (1809) (2160) (2680) 80 to 170 (5,5 to 11,7) 1P Black 75 (5,2) 125 (8,6) 170 (11,7) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 900 (24,1) 2700 (72,4) 3000 (80,4) 7000 (188) 7300 (196) 9000 (241) (402) (442) (456) (482) (724) (804) (858) (1340) (1876) (2090) (2198) (2222) (2975) (3323) (3618) 282

45 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) 1N Zinc plated 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) 1N Zinc plated 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) 1N Zinc plated Table 11. Type 98HH apacities with omposition Diaphragm RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING, 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (14) 250 (17) 300 (21) 375 (25,9) 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (14) 250 (17) 300 (21) 375 (25,9) 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (14) 250 (17) 300 (21) 375 (25,9) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR WITH FLOW T 500 SFH (13,4 Nm 3 /h) RELIEF SETTING Pressure Build-up Over Relief Pressure Setting, Psig (bar) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) 1300 (34,8) 1400 (37,5) 1500 (40,2) 1800 (48,2) 2100 (56,3) 2400 (64,3) 2400 (64,3) 3200 (85,8) 3400 (91,1) 3500 (93,8) 3600 (96,5) 3700 (99,2) 2700 (72,4) 3000 (80,4) 3500 (93,8) 3700 (99,2) 3900 (105) 4000 (107) 3600 (96,5) 3800 (102) 4000 (107) 4200 (113) 4500 (121) 4800 (129) 4600 (123) 5400 (145) 6000 (161) 6200 (166) 6300 (169) 6400 (172) 5400 (145) 6000 (161) 7200 (193) 8500 (228) 9500 (255) (295) 6500 (174) 7000 (188) 0 (201) 8500 (228) 9000 (241) (268) (268) (295) (322) (335) (362) (389) (402) (429) (456) (590) (670) (1126) 7600 (204) 8200 (220) 9300 (249) (281) (322) (429) (456) (482) (549) (603) (670) (724) () (858) (992) 9000 (241) (268) (308) (348) (402) (536) (616) (697) (724) (831) (1018) (1045) (1179) (1313) (1635) (322) (348) (375) (429) (509) (697) () (858) (911) (1072) (1501) (1367) (1769) (2010) (2305) - Blank areas show where maximum inlet pressures are exceeded. BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) 1N Zinc plated Table 12. Type 98HH apacities with Metal Diaphragm RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING, 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (14) 250 (17) 300 (21) 375 (25,9) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR WITH FLOW T 500 SFH (13,4 Nm 3 /h) RELIEF SETTING Pressure Build-up Over Relief Pressure Setting, Psig (bar) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 50 (3,4) (20,1) 800 (21,4) 850 (22,8) 900 (24,1) 950 (25,5) (26,8) 1350 (36,2) 1400 (37,5) 1450 (38,9) 1500 (40,2) 1550 (41,5) 1600 (42,9) 2500 (67,0) 2600 (69,7) 2700 (72,4) 2800 (75,0) 2900 (77,7) 3000 (80,4) 3500 (93,8) 3800 (102) 3900 (105) 4000 (107) 4100 (110) 5300 (142) 5700 (153) 5800 (155) 6000 (161) 6300 (169) 9500 (255) (268) (281) (308) (335) 1/2 (15) 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) 1N Zinc plated 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (14) 250 (17) 300 (21) 375 (25,9) 1700 (45,6) 1800 (48,2) (53,6) 2050 (54,9) 2100 (56,3) 2150 (57,6) 2200 (59,0) 2300 (61,6) 2700 (72,4) 2 (73,7) 2800 (75,0) 2850 (76,4) 4200 (113) 4300 (115) 5000 (134) 5100 (137) 5200 (139) 5300 (142) 6500 (174) 6900 (185) 7800 (209) 7900 (212) 8000 (214) (322) (348) (402) (415) (429) (590) (643) (697) (710) (724) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) 150 to 375 (10,3 to 25,9) 1N Zinc plated 150 (10) 175 (12) 200 (14) 250 (17) 300 (21) 375 (25,9) 1500 (40,2) 1650 (44,2) 1800 (48,2) (53,6) 2100 (56,3) 2200 (59,0) 3000 (80,4) 3400 (91,1) 3800 (102) 4000 (107) 4200 (113) 4500 (121) 0 (201) 8000 (214) 8500 (228) 9000 (241) 9500 (255) (281) (362) (375) (402) (456) (482) (603) (630) (643) (697) (724) (1233) (1313) (1340) (1394) (1528) - Blank areas show where maximum inlet pressures are exceeded. 283

46 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves J D D E NPT OR SWE NPT OR SWE B B /2 /2 /2 b2559 b2557 TYPE 98HD TYPEs 98H ND 98HH 98H SERIES FLNGED b2558 Figure 5. Dimensions Table 13. Types 98H and 98HH Dimensions DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) TYPE BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) NPT or SWE Flanged PN 16/25/40 B (Maximum) D 1/ (81) (25) 5.50 (140) 3.19 (81) 98H 1/2 (15) 4.25 (108) 14 (356) (22) 7.19 (183) 4.25 (108) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 5.00 (127) 14 (356) 7.62 (194) 1.25 (32) 9.69 (246) 6.06 (154) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) 6.62 (168) 14 (356) (262) 1.88 (48) (359) 8.19 (208) 1/ (81) (25) 7.75 (197) 3.19 (81) 98HH 1/2 (15) 4.25 (108) 14 (356) (22) (254) 4.25 (108) 3/4, 1 (20, 25) 5.00 (127) 14 (356) 7.62 (194) 1.25 (32) (314) 6.06 (154) Table 14. Type 98HD Dimensions BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) NPT or SWE Flanged PN 16/25/40 DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) B (Maximum) D E (NPT) J 1/ (81) (25) 8.31 (211) 3.19 (81) 1/ (70) 1/2 (15) 4.25 (108) 14 (356) (22) (267) 4.25 (108) 1/ (102) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) 1-1/2 or 2 (40 or 50) 5.00 (127) 14 (356) 7.62 (194) 1.25 (32) (313) 6.06 (154) 1/ (102) 6.62 (168) 14 (356) (262) 1.88 (48) (459) 8.19 (208) 1/ (171) 284

47 98H Series Backpressure/Relief Valves Ordering Guide Type (Select One) 98H 98HD (Differential) Body Size (Select One) Diaphragm - See Table 5 (Select One) Neoprene (R) (standard for Elastomer seat)*** 302 Stainless steel (standard for Metal seat)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Monel * Hastelloy * NE Required Yes 98HH (High pressure) 1/4-inch (NPT only) 1-inch (DN 25) 1/2-inch (DN 15) 1-1/2-inch (DN 40) 3/4-inch (DN 20) 2-inch (DN 50) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron NPT*** W Steel F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT*** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** SWE** SWE** PN 16/25/40** PN 16/25/40** Hastelloy Monel NPT* NPT* L150 RF* L150 RF* L300 RF* L300 RF* SWE* SWE* PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron (standard for ast iron body)*** W Steel (standard for Steel or Stainless steel bodies)*** F8M Stainless steel (optional for Stainless steel bodies)** To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. PTFE Diaphragm Protector - See Table 5 (Optional) Yes (available with Neoprene, Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) diaphragm)*** Trim Material (Select One) Metal Seat 416 Stainless steel*** Monel* 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Elastomer Seat (select one from each column) Valve Plug O-ring Seat 416 Stainless steel*** Nitrile (NBR)*** 316 Stainless steel** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Relief Set Pressure Range (Select One) Types 98H and 98HD with 1/4 and 1/2 to 1-inch (DN 15 to 25) Body Sizes 15 to 35 psig (1 to 2,4 bar)*** 25 to 75 psig (1,7 to 5,2 bar)*** 70 to 140 psig (4,8 to 9,7 bar)*** 130 to 200 psig (9,0 to 13,8 bar)*** Types 98H and 98HD with 1-1/2 to 2-inch (DN 40 to 50) Body Sizes 5 to 35 psig (0,3 to 2,4 bar)*** 20 to 65 psig (1,4 to 4,5 bar)*** 50 to 100 psig (3,4 to 6,9 bar)*** 80 to 170 psig (5,5 to 11,7 bar)*** Type 98HH 150 to 375 psig (10,3 to 25,9 bar)*** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Is this a Relief or Backpressure pplication? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Downstream Pressure Differential Pressure Relief (Inlet) Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 285

48 98L Series Backpressure/Relief Valves Introduction The 98L Series are direct-operated backpressure/relief valves that are used in a variety of liquid or gas applications, such as pump recirculation, general backpressure, and relief applications. The Type 98LD uses additional pressure loading to maintain relief differential pressures or backpressures. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow and Sizing oefficients See Table 2 Features Maximum Relief (Inlet) Pressures Type 98L: 125 psig (8,6 bar) Type 98LD: 150 psig (10,3 bar) Relief Set or Differential Pressure Ranges 2 to 38 psig (138 mbar to 2,6 bar) See Table 7 Temperature apabilities See Tables 3 and 4 dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W6156 Figure 1. Type 98L Backpressure/Relief Valve Highly Versatile lose, Stable Regulation ompact, Rugged Design Wide Material Selection In-Line Maintenance Hastelloy and Monel Materials vailable hemically ompatible Elastomers NE onstruction vailable W6157 Figure 2. Type 98LD Backpressure/Relief Valve Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) ast Iron BODY MTERIL Steel, Stainless Steel, Monel, or Hastelloy 1/4 NPT NPT 1/2, 3/4 or 1 (15, 20 or 25) NPT NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 Note: 1/4-inch body size is only available with threaded NPT connections. DN values are provided only to body sizes with flanged end connections. BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 Table 2. Flow and Sizing oefficients 1 K m IE Sizing oefficients 0.83 X T F D F L /2 (15) /4, 1 (20, 25) Table 3. Temperature apabilities for Elastomer Parts MTERIL Nitrile (NBR) Neoprene (R) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Diaphragm protector TEMPERTURE RNGE -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Limited to 200 F (93 ) for hot water -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) Table 4. Temperature apabilities for Metal Parts MTERIL ast iron W Steel F8M Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy TEMPERTURE RNGE -40 to 406 F (-40 to 208 ) -20 to 450 F (-29 to 232 ) -40 to 450 F (-40 to 232 ) 286

49 98L Series Backpressure/Relief Valves METL METL m1035 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure Figure 3. Type 98L with Metal Seat Operational Schematic m1044 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure Figure 4. Type 98LD with Metal Seat Operational Schematic Table 5. Trim Materials Elastomer seat standard OPTIONL Orifice O-ring retainer Valve plug Valve plug guide Pusher post Diaphragm retaining washer Diaphragm O-ring seat 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Neoprene (R) Nitrile (NBR) 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Fluoroelastomer (FKM) or Ethyleneproplylene (EPDM); PTFE protector available with elastomer diaphragm Fluoroelastomer (FKM) metal seat STNDRD OPTIONL Orifice Valve plug Valve plug guide Pusher post Diaphragm Diaphragm retaining washer 416 Stainless steel, hardened 416 Stainless steel, hardened 416 Stainless steel 416 Stainless steel 302 Stainless steel Not used 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel 316 Stainless steel, Hastelloy, Monel Neoprene (R), Fluoroelastomer (FKM) 316 Stainless steel Table 7. Relief Set or Differential Pressure Ranges BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 1 (15, 20, and 25) Table 6. onstruction Materials BODY ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Relief Set or Differential Pressure Ranges, 2 to 7 6 to to to 38 (138 mbar to 0,5 bar) (0,4 to 0,9) (0,8 to 1,7) (1,4 to 2,6) SPRING SE ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel SPRING OLOR ODE Yellow Green Red Blue Table 8. Maximum old Working Pressures of Body Size and Material (1)(2) TYPE 98L 98LD body size ll Sizes ll Sizes body spring case materials ast iron Steel Stainless steel ast iron Steel Stainless steel maximum inlet pressure (3), psig (bar) 60 (4,1) 125 (8,6) 125 (8,6) 60 (4,1) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 1. The pressure limits in this pplication Guide and any applicable standard limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Temperature and/or the body end connection may decrease these maximum pressures. 3. Maximum inlet pressure is equal to set pressure plus build-up. 287

50 98L Series Backpressure/Relief Valves Table 9. apacities with Elastomer Diaphragm BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) SPRING Part Number and olor 1E Yellow 1E Green 1E Red 1L Blue 1E Yellow 1D Green 1E Red 1L Blue 1E Yellow 1E Green 1E Red 1L Blue RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING, 2 (138 mbar) 5 (0,3) FLOW T RELIEF SETTING, SFH (Nm 3 /h) 150 (4,02) 150 (4,02) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Pressure Buildup Over Relief Setting, Psig (bar) 2 (0,1) 6 (0,4) 10 (0,7) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 670 (18,0) 900 (24,1) 960 (25,7) 1150 (30,8) 1200 (32,2) 1380 (37,0) 1650 (44,2) 1850 (49,6) 2100 (56,3) 2310 (61,9) 10 (0,7) 1200 (32,2) 1400 (37,5) 1700 (45,6) 2140 (57,4) 2620 (70,2) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 25 (1,7) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 2 (138 mbar) 5 (0,3) 1100 (29,5) 1300 (34,8) 1400 (37,5) 1200 (32,2) 1300 (34,8) 1400 (37,5) 1900 (50,9) 1900 (50,9) 1600 (42,9) 1800 (48,2) (53,6) 1900 (50,9) (53,6) 2300 (61,6) 2400 (64,3) 2500 (67,0) 1800 (48,2) 2100 (56,3) 2300 (61,6) 2300 (61,6) 2400 (64,3) 2600 (69,7) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4) 2330 (62,4) 2600 (69,7) 2900 (77,7) 2900 (77,7) 3000 (80,4) 3200 (85,8) 3850 (103) 4170 (112) 2800 (75,0) 3070 (82,3) 3340 (89,5) 3340 (89,5) 3500 (93,8) 3800 (102) 4900 (131) 5220 (140) 10 (0,7) 2300 (61,6) 2900 (77,7) 3400 (91,1) 4500 (121) 5520 (148) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 25 (1,7) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 2 (138 mbar) 5 (0,3) 2100 (56,3) 2700 (72,4) 2800 (75,0) 1500 (40,2) 1800 (48,2) 1800 (48,2) 3000 (80,4) 4000 (107) 3200 (85,8) 3700 (99,2) 4100 (110) 3100 (83,1) 3500 (93,8) 3600 (96,5) 4900 (131) 5600 (150) 3800 (102) 4300 (115) 4800 (129) 4200 (113) 4700 (126) 4800 (129) 5800 (155) 6600 (177) 4890 (131) 5500 (147) 6000 (161) 6000 (161) 6500 (174) 6600 (177) 8100 (217) 8810 (236) 5870 (157) 6530 (175) 7000 (188) 7000 (188) 0 (201) 8000 (214) (279) (295) 10 (0,7) 4600 (123) 6900 (185) 8000 (214) (268) (330) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 25 (1,7) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 4400 (118) 4800 (129) 5800 (155) 3600 (96,5) 4800 (129) 5300 (142) 7200 (193) 7900 (212) 9000 (241) 7400 (198) 8600 (230) 9400 (252) 8500 (228) 9400 (252) (268) (268) (295) (322) (297) (322) (348) (348) (375) (402) (359) (381) (405) (405) (429) (456) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1/4 1/2 (15) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) SPRING Part Number and olor 1E Yellow 1E Green 1E Red 1L Blue 1E Yellow 1D Green 1E Red 1L Blue 1E Yellow 1E Green 1E Red 1L Blue RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING, 2 (138 mbar) 5 (0,3) Table 10. Type 98L with Metal Diaphragm FLOW T RELIEF SETTING, SFH (Nm 3 /h) 150 (4,02) 150 (4,02) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Pressure Buildup Over Relief Pressure Setting, Psig (bar) 2 (0,1) 6 (0,4) 10 (0,7) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 360 (9,65) 360 (9,65) 830 (22,2) 920 (24,7) 1080 (28,9) 1200 (32,2) 1560 (41,8) 1690 (45,3) 1980 (53,1) 2110 (56,5) 10 (0,7) 850 (22,8) 1200 (32,2) 1500 (40,2) 2140 (57,4) 2620 (70,2) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 25 (1,7) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 2 (138 mbar) 5 (0,3) 800 (21,4) 850 (22,8) 900 (24,1) 800 (21,4) 850 (22,8) 900 (24,1) 1300 (34,8) 1600 (42,9) 1200 (32,2) 1300 (34,8) 1400 (37,5) 1400 (37,5) 1450 (38,9) 1500 (40,2) 2200 (59,0) 2500 (67,0) 1600 (42,9) 1700 (45,6) 1800 (48,2) 1900 (50,9) (53,6) 2100 (56,3) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4) 2220 (59,5) 2300 (61,6) 2700 (72,4) 2700 (72,4) 2800 (75,0) 3100 (83,1) 3850 (103) 4010 (107) 2670 (71,6) 2720 (72,9) 3120 (83,6) 3230 (86,6) 3400 (91,1) 3500 (93,8) 4900 (131) 5020 (135) 10 (0,7) 1700 (45,6) 2700 (72,4) 3200 (85,8) 4280 (115) 5230 (140) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 25 (1,7) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 2 (138 mbar) 5 (0,3) 1300 (34,8) 1400 (37,5) 1500 (40,2) 1100 (29,5) 1150 (30,8) 1200 (32,2) 2700 (72,4) 2800 (75,0) 2700 (72,4) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4) 2200 (59,0) 2400 (64,3) 2500 (67,0) 4600 (123) 4800 (129) 3400 (91,1) 3700 (99,2) 4000 (107) 3100 (83,1) 3500 (93,8) 3700 (99,2) 5800 (155) 6000 (161) 4560 (122) 5000 (134) 5700 (153) 5100 (137) 5500 (147) 5800 (155) 7410 (199) 8020 (215) 5480 (147) 5910 (158) 6790 (182) 6250 (168) 6900 (185) 7200 (193) 9430 (253) (268) 10 (0,7) 3000 (80,4) 5300 (142) 6800 (182) 8400 (225) (276) 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 25 (1,7) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 2200 (59,0) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4) (53,6) 2600 (69,7) 2800 (75,0) 5000 (134) 5800 (155) 6200 (166) 5000 (134) 5600 (150) 6200 (166) 6600 (177) 7600 (204) 8000 (214) 7000 (188) 7800 (209) 8600 (230) 9340 (250) (268) (295) (295) (322) (348) (300) (316) (346) (346) (402) (429) 288

51 98L Series Backpressure/Relief Valves J D D E E NPT OR SWE NPT OR SWE B B /2 /2 /2 B2553 B2551 B2552 TYPE 98LD TYPE 98L 98L SERIES FLNGED Figure 5. Dimensions Table 11. Type 98L Dimensions BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) NPT Flanged DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) B (Maximum) D E (NPT) 1/ (81) (25) 5.50 (140) 5.06 (129) 1/8 1/2 (15) 4.25 (108) 14 (356) 0.88 (22) 7.25 (184) 7.00 (178) 1/4 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) 5.00 (127) 14 (356) 1.25 (32) 9.81 (249) (259) 1/4 BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) NPT Flanged Table 12. Type 98LD Dimensions B DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) (Maximum) D E (NPT) J (Handwheel onstructions Only) 1/ (81) (25) 8.38 (213) 5.06 (129) 1/ (70) 1/2 (15) 4.25 (108) 14 (356) 0.88 (22) (270) 7.00 (178) 1/ (102) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) 5.00 (127) 14 (356) 1.25 (32) (318) (259) 1/ (102) 289

52 98L Series Backpressure/Relief Valves Ordering Guide Type (Select One) 98L 98LD (differential) Body Size (Select One) 1/4-inch (NPT only) 1/2-inch (DN 15) 3/4-inch (DN 20) 1-inch (DN 25) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron NPT*** W Steel F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT*** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40** PN 16/25/40** Hastelloy Monel NPT* NPT* L150 RF* L150 RF* L300 RF* L300 RF* PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron (standard for cast iron bodies)*** W Steel (standard for steel or stainless steel bodies)*** F8M Stainless steel (optional for stainless steel bodies)** Diaphragm - See Table 5 (Select One) Neoprene (R) (standard for elastomer seat)*** 302 Stainless steel (standard for metal seat)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Monel * Hastelloy * To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. PTFE Diaphragm Protector - See Table 5 (Optional) Yes (available with Neoprene (R), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) diaphragm)*** Trim Material (Select One) Metal Seat 416 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Monel* Hastelloy * Elastomer Seat (select one from each column) Valve Plug O-ring Seat 416 Stainless steel*** Nitrile (NBR)*** 316 Stainless steel** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Relief Set Pressure Range (Select One) 2 to 7 psig (138 mbar to 0,5 bar)*** 6 to 14 psig (0,4 to 0,9 bar)*** 12 to 25 psig (0,8 to 1,7 bar)*** 20 to 38 psig (1,4 to 2,6 bar)*** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Is this a Relief or Backpressure pplication? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Downstream Pressure Differential Pressure Relief (Inlet) Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 290

53 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Introduction Temperature apabilities The 627 Series direct-operated pressure reducing regulators are for low-pressure and high-pressure systems. These regulators are used to take the first-stage pressure cut for many general pressure reduction applications. See Table 1 for available configurations. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 2 Flow oefficients See Table 5 IE Sizing oefficients See Table 6 See Table 7 Maximum old Working Inlet Pressure (Body Rating) Ductile Iron: psig (69 bar) Steel or Stainless Steel: psig (138 bar) or body rating limit, whichever is lower See Table 3 Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressure See Table 9 Outlet Pressure Range 5 to 500 psig (0,3 to 34,5 bar) in six ranges See Table 10 Features Stainless Steel onstruction vailable In-Line Maintenance pplication Versatility Wide Range of Flow apabilities Tight Shutoff apability NE onstruction vailable Pressure Registration See Table 1 dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W6309 Figure 1. Type 627 Pressure Reducing Regulator Type M 627H 627HM Table 1. vailable onfigurations onfigurations Type 627 construction with internal registration, equipped with a pitot tube for greater regulated capacities. Type 627 with external pressure registration. Type 627 with internal registration and a diaphragm limiter to deliver a higher outlet pressure. Type 627M with external registration and a diaphragm limiter to deliver higher outlet pressure. Table 2. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) Ductile Iron BODY MTERIL Steel or Stainless Steel 3/4 NPT NPT 1 or 2 (25 or 50) NPT NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, L600 RF, or PN 16/25/ inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric Pressure Figure 2. Type 627 Operational Schematic 291

54 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 3/4 1 or 2 (25 or 50) body materials Ductile iron Steel and Stainless steel Ductile iron Steel Stainless steel Table 3. Maximum old Working Pressure (1)(2) end connection styles NPT NPT NPT L150 RF L300 RF L600 RF PN 16/25/40 RF NPT L150 RF L300 RF L600 RF PN 16/25/40 RF 1. The pressure limits in this pplication Guide, and any applicable standard or code should not be exceeded. 2. Temperature may decrease these maximum pressures. Maximum inlet pressure, psig (bar) (69,0) (138) (69,0) (138) (20,0) (51,7) (103) (40,0) (138) (19,0) (49,6) (99,3) (40,0) Table 4. onstruction Materials Body Spring SE and Diaphragm ase ORIFIE VLVE DISK VLVE Disk Holder LEVER O-RINGS Diaphragm Ductile iron or W Steel or F8M Stainless steel Ductile iron, luminum, or W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel 303 or 316 Stainless steel, or luminum Nylon (P), Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM) 303 or 316 Stainless steel, or luminum Steel or 304L Stainless steel Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Neoprene with optional Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) protector ORIFIE SIZE, Inches (mm) Table 5. Wide-Open Flow oefficients for Relief Sizing 3/4-inch Body 1-inch (DN 25) Body 2-inch (DN 50) Body g v 1 g v 1 g v 1 k m 3/32 (2,4) /8 (3,2) /16 (4,8) /4 (6,4) /8 (9,5) /2 (12,7) ORIFIE SIZE, Inches (mm) 3/4-Inch Body Table 6. IE Sizing oefficients 3/32 (2,4) X t 1-Inch 2-Inch F D F l (DN 25) Body (DN 50) Body 1/8 (3,2) /16 (4,8) /4 (6,4) /8 (9,5) /2 (12,7) Table 7. Temperature apabilities MTERIL PRT TEMPERTURE RNGE Nitrile (NBR) Disk Diaphragm -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) Neoprene Diaphragm -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Disk Diaphragm Disk Diaphragm 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) Disk 0 to 400 F (-18 to 204 ) Nylon (P) Disk -40 to 200 F (-40 to 93 ) Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Diaphragm protector -40 to 400 F (-40 to 204 ) 1. The temperature limits in this pplication Guide, and any applicable standard or code should not be exceeded. Table 8. Maximum Valve Disk Inlet Pressure DISK MTERIL MXIMUM INLET PRESSURE, psig (bar) Nitrile (NBR) (69,0) Nylon (P) (138) Fluoroelastomer (FKM) 200 (13,8) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) 200 (13,8) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) 200 (13,8) 1. The pressure limits in this pplication Guide, and any applicable standard or code should not be exceeded. 292

55 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators F D (STNDRD) E SPRING SE VENT LOTION POSITION 1 (STNDRD) POSITION 2 POSITION 3 BODY-SPRING SE ORIENTTION POSITION Figure 3. Type 627 Spring ase and Vent Location Maximum pressure to spring and diaphragm casings to prevent leak to atmosphere (internal parts damage may occur) Maximum pressure to spring and diaphragm casings to prevent burst of casings during abnormal operation (leak to atmosphere and internal parts damage may occur) Table 9. Maximum Outlet Pressures (1) SPRING ND DIPHRGM SING STYLE TYPE 627, Psig (bar) TYPE 627M, psig (bar) TYPEs 627H ND 627HM, psig (bar) luminum 250 (17,2) Not vailable Not vailable Ductile iron 250 (17,2) 250 (17,2) Not vailable Steel or Stainless steel 250 (17,2) 250 (17,2) 800 (55,2) luminum 375 (25,9) Not vailable Not vailable Ductile iron 465 (32,1) 465 (32,1) Not vailable Steel or Stainless steel 1500 (103) 1500 (103) 1500 (103 ) Maximum diaphragm casing overpressure ll Styles 60 (4,1) 60 (4,1) 120 (8,3) (above setpoint) to prevent damage to internal parts 1. If the spring case is pressurized, a metal adjusting screw cap is required. ontact your local Sales Office. Types 627 and 627M (3) 627H and 627MH (3) Table 10. Maximum Inlet Pressures, Differential Pressures, and Outlet Pressure Ranges OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 5 (2) to 20 psig (0,3 to 1,4 bar) 10B3076X012 Yellow 15 to 40 psig (1,0 to 2,8 bar) 10B3077X012 Green 35 to 80 psig (2,4 to 5,5 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar) 10B3079X012 Red 140 to 250 psig (9,7 to 17,2 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 240 to 500 psig (16,5 to 34,5 bar) 10B3079X012 Red ORIFIE SIZE, Inches (mm) 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 (2,4) (3,2) (4,8) (6,4) (9,5) (12,7) (2,4) (3,2) (4,8) (6,4) (9,5) (12,7) (2,4) (3,2) (4,8) (6,4) (9,5) (12,7) (2,4) (3,2) (4,8) (6,4) (9,5) (12,7) (2,4) (3,2) (4,8) (6,4) (9,5) (12,7) (2,4) (3,2) (4,8) (6,4) (9,5) (12,7) Maximum Inlet Pressure, Psig (bar) (138) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (34,5) (20,7) (17,2) (138) (1) (103) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (34,5) (20,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (103) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (86,2) (1) (51,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (103) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (103) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) Maximum Differential Pressure, Psid (bar d) 1. For inlet pressure in excess of psig (69,0 bar) refer to the maximum disk pressure rating in Table For pressure settings under 10 psig (0,7 bar), inlet pressure should be limited to approximately 100 psig (6,9 bar) so the setpoint adjustment can be obtained. 3. The unbalance forces change from the wide-open monitor mode to an active regulator mode such that the Type 627M or 627MH should have a 3/8-inch (9,5 mm) or larger orifice when used as a wide-open monitor (138) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (34,5) (20,7) (17,2) (138) (1) (103) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (34,5) (20,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (103) (1) (69,0) (1) (51,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (86,2) (1) (51,7) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (69,0) (1) (34,5) (17,2) (138) (1) (138) (1) (121) (1) (69,0) (1) (34,5) (17,2) 293

56 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 5 to 20 psig (0,3 to 1,4 bar) 10B3076X012 Yellow 15 to 40 psig (1,0 to 2,8 bar) 10B3077X012 Green 35 to 80 psig (2,4 to 5,5 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar) 10B3079X012 Red Table 11. Types 627 and 627M apacities for 3/4-Inch Body Based on 20% Droop OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 10 (0,7) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 150 (10,3) INLET PRESSURE, (1,4) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (2,1) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (5,2) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) (5,82) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (83,3) (91,4) (92,4) (94,3) (101) (109) (123) (7,26) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (152) (156) (162) (174) (179) (12,7) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (249) (270) (291) (14,6) (20,2) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (18,7) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (132) (353) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (36,3) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (9,46) (24,3) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (185) (214) (12,9) (24,3) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (303) (22,6) (37,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (374) (436) (25,5) (36,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (33,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (66,5) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded (23,5) (53,0) (78,9) (145) (167) 6936 (186) (29,1) (54,8) (82,7) (152) (380) (295) (52,6) (84,5) (158) (380) (478) (507) (57,3) (83,3) (158) (380) (546) (623) (656) (631) (706) (77,9) (158) (380) (565) () (768) (789) (872) (158) (380) (565) () (810) (893) (935) (955) (151) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (37,2) (88,1) (124) (151) (168) (51,7) (97,2) (150) (249) (314) (90,3) (150) (280) (498) (503) (98,7) (145) (280) (584) (623) (648) (706) (748) (135) (280) (663) (727) (789) (831) (914) (249) (660) (810) (831) (841) (914) (976) (260) (675) (1003) (1331) (1412) (1495) (1599) (62,3) (130) (155) (170) (90,6) (173) (239) (274) (169) (274) (374) (561) (179) (266) (449) (600) (768) (777) (253) (528) (748) (914) (1167) (442) (810) (814) (841) (852) (444) (1016) (1225) (1684) 69 (1869) (89,3) (153) (164) (172) (131) (186) (262) (285) (196) (318) (384) (316) (359) (569) (694) (935) (359) (609) (762) (955) (534) (814) (953) (976) (636) (1240) (1495) (1765) 294

57 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 5 to 20 psig (0,3 to 1,4 bar) 10B3076X012 Yellow 15 to 40 psig (1,0 to 2,8 bar) 10B3077X012 Green 35 to 80 psig (2,4 to 5,5 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar) 10B3079X012 Red Table 12. Types 627 and 627M apacities for 1-Inch (DN 25) Body Based on 20% Droop OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 10 (0,7) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 150 (10,3) INLET PRESSURE, (1,4) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (2,1) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) (5,82) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (112) (120) (131) (137) (141) (158) (7,26) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (185) (208) (216) (249) (291) (12,7) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (20,2) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (18,7) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (36,6) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (10,2) (24,3) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (291) (12,9) (24,3) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (22,6) (37,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (36,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (33,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (66,5) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded (23,9) (54,0) (84,5) (158) (326) (374) (30,1) (54,8) (84,5) (158) (380) (490) (52,6) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) () (83,3) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (77,9) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (151) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (42,6) (97,8) (152) (285) (415) (53,6) (98,7) (152) (285) (683) (93,7) (152) (285) (683) (818) (145) (285) (683) (901) (1045) (1184) (1309) (138) (285) (683) (1016) (1348) (1662) (1994) (249) (660) (982) (1240) (1495) (1786) (1973) (268) (683) (1016) (1346) (1662) (1994) (2326) (70,2) (169) (260) (374) (90,6) (201) (289) (552) (193) (305) (563) (1327) (270) (498) (1329) (1371) (1406) (253) (590) (1487) (2191) (2451) (442) (1381) (1979) (2077) (2368) (444) (1460) (2160) (2866) (3116) (91,6) (285) (332) (384) (131) (301) (484) (812) (196) (455) (964) (401) (876) (1959) (2700) (386) (916) (2285) (2804) (708) (1743) (2430) (2492) (698) (2305) (3323) (3365) 295

58 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 5 to 20 psig (0,3 to 1,4 bar) 10B3076X012 Yellow 15 to 40 psig (1,0 to 2,8 bar) 10B3077X012 Green 35 to 80 psig (2,4 to 5,5 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar) 10B3079X012 Red OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 10 (0,7) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 150 (10,3) Table 13. Type 627 apacities for 2-Inch (DN 50) Body Based on 20% Droop INLET PRESSURE, (1,4) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (2,1) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (10,3) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) (5,82) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (131) (7,26) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (131) (12,7) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (29,5) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (18,7) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (36,6) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (10,2) (24,3) (37,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (12,9) (24,3) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (22,6) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (53,6) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (33,8) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (66,5) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (23,9) (54,0) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) (30,1) (54,8) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) (52,6) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) () (122) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (540) (77,9) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (151) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (39,0) (98,7) (152) (285) (436) (48,8) (98,7) (152) (285) (683) (90,8) (152) (285) (683) (582) (218) (285) (683) (1016) (893) (1454) (893) (133) (285) (683) (1016) (1350) (1309) (1786) (285) (683) (1016) (1346) (1662) (1994) (2326) (270) (683) (1016) (1346) (1662) (1994) (2326) (54,2) (151) (336) (471) (89,3) (174) (336) (498) (180) (336) (631) (457) (484) (631) (1516) (1101) (1080) (266) (631) (1516) (1807) (1309) (457) (1516) (2243) (1703) (2285) (498) (1516) (2243) (2991) (1682) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded. - Shaded areas indicate where capacities are based on 25% boost if setting is less than 12 psig (0,8 bar), 3 psig (0,2 bar) boost if setting is from 12 to 60 psig (0,8 to 4,1 bar), and 5% boost if setting is greater than 60 psig (4,1 bar) (79,5) (370) (596) (498) (127) (326) (596) (685) (276) (528) (1120) (731) (1120) (806) (665) (424) (1120) (997) (914) (685) (2679) (1122) (789) (2679) (1288) 296

59 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 14. Type 627M apacities for 2-Inch (DN 50) Body Based on 20% Droop OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 5 to 20 psig (0,3 to 1,4 bar) 10 (0,7) (1,4) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (5,82) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (10,2) (24,3) (37,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (23,9) (54,0) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) (39,0) (98,7) (152) (285) (683) (54,2) (151) (303) (567) (79,5) (312) (478) (893) 10B3076X012 Yellow 20 (1,4) (2,1) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (7,26) (13,3) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (12,9) (24,3) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (30,1) (54,8) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) (51,5) (98,7) (152) (285) (683) (89,3) (174) (303) (567) (127) (312) (478) (893) 15 to 40 psig (1,0 to 2,8 bar) 10B3077X012 Green 35 to 80 psig (2,4 to 5,5 bar) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) (4,1) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (12,7) (20,6) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (20,2) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (22,6) (37,4) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (36,2) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (52,6) (84,5) (158) (380) (565) () (83,3) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (90,8) (152) (285) (683) (1016) (145) (285) (683) (1016) (1350) (1682) (2015) (180) (303) (567) (1350) (312) (631) (1516) (2243) (2991) (276) (528) (997) (424) (1007) (2409) (3572) 10B3078X012 Blue 80 (5,5) (6,9) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (18,7) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (33,8) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (77,9) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (133) (285) (683) (1016) (1350) (1682) (2015) (266) (631) (1516) (2243) (2991) (424) (1007) (2409) (3572) 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (38,4) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (70,0) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (158) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (285) (683) (1016) (1346) (1662) (1994) (2326) (457) (1516) (2243) (2991) (3718) (685) (2409) (3572) 10B3079X012 Red 150 (10,3) (13,8) (34,5) (51,8) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (36,6) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (66,5) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (151) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (270) (683) (1016) (1346) (1662) (1994) (2326) (498) (1516) (2243) (2991) (3718) (789) (2409) (3572) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded. 297

60 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 140 to 250 psig (9,7 to 17,2 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 240 to 500 psig (16,5 to 34,5 bar) 10B3079X012 Red Table 15. Types 627H and 627HM apacities for 3/4-Inch Body Based on 20% Droop OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, 150 (10,3) 200 (13,8) 250 (17,2) 250 (17,2) 500 (34,5) INLET PRESSURE, (13,8) (17,2) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (17,2) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (37,9) (41,4) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) (36,6) (47,0) (56,1) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (44,9) (56,1) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (51,9) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (51,9) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (89,3) (102) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (66,5) (85,1) (102) (135) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (80,0) (102) (135) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (93,5) (133) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (93,5) (133) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (160) (183) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (151) (191) (233) (307) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (174) (233) (307) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (206) (297) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (193) (297) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (349) (403) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (239) (320) (401) (513) (617) (893) (1184) (312) (405) (530) (644) (945) (1246) (384) (540) (685) (1018) (1350) (1682) (291) (444) (546) (771) (984) (1184) (685) (768) (1018) (1350) (1682) (2015) (449) (594) (644) (831) (1059) (644) (748) (1080) (1267) (768) (1142) (1329) (1932) (519) (748) (872) (1184) (1288) (1454) (1828) (2700) (644) (831) (955) (1039) (852) (1080) (1412) (1080) (1537) (1807) (768) (1018) (1288) (1869) (2160) (2845) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded. Regulator Tips Diaphragms leak a small amount due to migration of gas through the diaphragm material. To allow escape of this gas, be sure casing vents (where provided) remain open. 298

61 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 16. Types 627H and 627HM apacities for 1-Inch (DN 25) Body Based on 20% Droop OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 140 to 250 psig (9,7 to 17,2 bar) 10B3078X012 Blue 150 (10,3) 250 (17,2) (13,8) (17,2) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (36,6) (47,0) (56,1) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (51,9) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (66,5) (85,2) (102) (135) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (93,5) (133) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (151) (191) (233) (307) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (206) (297) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (239) (320) (401) (519) (665) (955) (1246) (384) (540) (685) (1018) (1350) (1682) (449) (594) (644) (831) (1059) (768) (1142) (1329) (2119) (644) (831) (955) (1039) (1558) (1682) (1973) 240 to 500 psig (16,5 to 34,5 bar) 10B3079X012 Red 250 (17,2) 500 (34,5) (20,7) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (37,9) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (51,9) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (8,92) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (93,5) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (160) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (193) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (349) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (291) (546) (771) (984) (1184) (685) (1018) (1350) (1682) (2015) (519) (872) (1184) (1288) (1828) (2700) (768) (1288) (1869) (2908) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded. Regulator Tips Use control lines of equal size or greater than the control tap size on the regulator as supplied by the manufacturer. If a long control line is required, make it bigger. rule of thumb is go to the next nominal pipe size every 20 feet (6,1 meters) of control line. Small control lines cause a delayed response of the regulator, leading to increased chance of instability. 3/8-inch (9,5 mm) OD tubing is the minimum recommended control line size. 299

62 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR Table 17. Types 627H and 627HM apacities for 2-Inch (DN 50) Body Based on 20% Droop OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, INLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 3/32 (2,4) 1/8 (3,2) 3/16 (4,8) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 140 to 250 psig (9,7 to 17,2 bar) 150 (10,3) (13,8) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (36,6) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (66,5) (135) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (151) (307) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (285) (519) (665) (997) (1350) (501) (831) (644) (1039) 10B3078X012 Blue 250 (17,2) (20,7) (27,6) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (51,9) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (93,5) (133) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (206) (297) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (384) (540) (685) (1018) (1350) (1682) (768) (1142) (1329) (2119) (1558) (1682) (1973) 250 (17,2) (20,7) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (51,9) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (93,5) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (193) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (291) (546) (771) (984) (1184) (519) (872) (1184) (768) (1288) 240 to 500 psig (16,5 to 34,5 bar) 300 (20,7) (24,1) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (60,2) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (107) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (235) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (382) (665) (997) (1288) (1641) (644) (1101) (1662) (935) (1392) 10B3079X012 Red 400 (27,6) (31,0) (34,5) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (74,8) (91,4) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (133) (168) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (291) (380) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (519) (665) (1018) (1350) (1682) (976) (1122) (1890) (1392) (1599) 500 (34,5) (37,9) (41,4) (51,7) (69,0) (86,2) (103) (121) (138) (89,3) (102) (137) (181) (228) (270) (312) (353) (160) (183) (249) (332) (395) (457) (519) (582) (349) (403) (565) () (935) (1122) (1309) (1475) (685) (768) (1018) (1350) (1682) (2015) (1288) (1454) (1828) (2700) (1869) (2160) (2908) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded. 300

63 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ø 4.69 (119) 4.69 Ø (119) E E 3/4-14 NPT VENT ONNETION 3/4-14 NPT VENT ONNETION 1/4-18 NPT IF SPEIFIED B 1/4-18 NPT IF SPEIFIED 10B5885_F D Figure 4. NPT Dimensions G B 11B9818 D Figure 5. Flanged Dimensions G INHES (mm) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) B D Table 18. NPT Dimensions DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) Types 627 and 627M E Types 627H and 627HM 3/4 or 1 (25) 4.06 (103) 1.94 (49) 6.75 (171) 7.62 (193) 7.94 (202) 1 (25,4) 2 (50) 5.00 (127) 2.50 (64) 7.12 (181) 7.62 (193) 7.94 (202) 1.69 (42,9) G Table 19. Flanged Dimensions DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) L150 RF L300 RF L600 RF L150 RF L300 RF L600 RF B D Types 627 and 627M E Types 627H and 627HM G L150 RF L300 RF L600 RF 1 (25) 7.25 (184) 7.75 (197) 8.25 (210) 3.62 (91,9) 3.88 (98,6) 4.12 (105) 6.75 (171) 7.62 (193) 7.94 (202) 2.12 (53,8) 2.44 (62,0) 2.44 (62,0) 2 (50) 10 (254) 10.5 (267) (286) 5 (127) 5.25 (133) 5.62 (143) 7.12 (181) 7.62 (193) 7.94 (202) 3 (76,2) 3.25 (82,5) 3.25 (82,5) Table 20. Shipping Weights SING MTERIL PPROXIMTE SHIPPING Weights, POUNDS (kg) Ductile iron or Steel and Stainless steel 10 (4,5) luminum 6.3 (2,8) 301

64 627 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide Select Type (Select One) 627 (standard construction)*** 627H (high-pressure version) (W steel only)*** 627M (external pressure registration)*** 627HM*** Body Size (Select One) 3/4-inch (NPT only)*** 1-inch (DN 25)*** 2-inch (DN 50)*** Body Material and End onnection Styles (Select One) Ductile Iron (not available for Types 627H and 627HM) NPT*** W Steel (required for Types 627H and 627HM) NPT*** L150 RF (not available for 3/4-inch body size)** L300 RF (not available for 3/4-inch body size)*** L600 RF (not available for 3/4-inch body size)*** PN 16/25/40** Stainless Steel NPT*** L150 RF (not available for 3/4-inch body size)** L300 RF (not available for 3/4-inch body size)*** L600 RF (not available for 3/4-inch body size)*** PN 16/25/40** Spring ase and Diaphragm asing Material (Select One) luminum (Type 627 only)*** W Steel*** Trim Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** Stainless steel*** luminum (Type 627 only)*** Stainless steel (Types 627H and 627HM standard)*** Seat Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Nylon (P)*** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Orifice Size (Select One) 3/32-inch (2,4 mm)*** 3/16-inch (4,8 mm)*** 3/8-inch (9,5 mm)*** Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) Types 627 and 627M 5 to 20 psig (0,3 to 1,4 bar)*** 15 to 40 psig (1 to 2,8 bar)*** 35 to 80 psig (2,4 to 5,5 bar)*** 70 to 150 psig (4,8 to 10,3 bar)*** Types 627H and 627HM 140 to 250 psig (9,7 to 17,2 bar)*** 240 to 500 psig (16,5 to 34,5 bar)*** Body Position (Select One) Position 1 (standard)*** Position 2** Position 3** Position 4** DVGW pproval Required (Optional) Yes NE onstruction Required (Optional) Yes 1/8-inch (3,2 mm)*** 1/4-inch (6,4 mm)*** 1/2-inch (12,7 mm)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPR)** Neoprene** Vent Position (Select One) Position ** Position D (standard)*** Position E** Position F** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 302

65 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators Introduction Maximum Inlet Pressure The Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR regulators provide economical and accurate pressure control in a wide variety of applications. The Type 1098H-EGR is used for higher outlet pressure settings. 400 psig (27,6 bar) or body rating limit, whichever is lower Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressures See Table 2 The superior performance of this regulator is due to the amplifying effect of the pilot and the two-path control system. hanges in outlet pressure act quickly on the actuator diaphragm to provide fast response to changes. The pilot amplifies system changes positioning the main valve for precise control. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow and Sizing oefficients See Table 4 Features In-Line Maintenance Noise Reduction apability Travel Indicator NE onstruction vailable Oxygen Service apability hemically ompatible Elastomers Outlet Pressure Ranges 14-inches w.c. to 300 psig (35 mbar to 20,7 bar) See Table 5 Pressure Registration External Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) except water which is limited to 180 F (82 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPR): -20 to 275 F (-29 to 135 ) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W6956 Figure 1. Type 1098-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles Body Size, Inches (Dn) 1 or 2 (25 or 50) 3, 4, or 6 (80, 100, or 150) 8 x 6, or 12 x 6 (200 x 150, or 300 x 150) ast Iron NPT or L125 FF or L250 RF L125 FF or L250 RF Steel or stainless steel NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, L600 RF, BWE, SWE, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF, L300 RF, L600 RF, BWE, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF, L300 RF, L600 RF, BWE, or PN 16/25/40 Table 2. ctuator Sizes and Maximum Pressures Type 1098 ctuator Sizes (standard) 70 Outlet pressure, psig (bar) 75 (5,2) 50 (3,4) Emergency casing pressure, psig (bar) 115 (7,9) 82 (5,7) 65 (4,5) 1098H (20,7) 400 (27,6) Table 3. onstruction Materials BODY BODY FLNGE BONNET asing ast iron, W steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy EN coated: ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Steel or F8M Stainless steel Type 1098: G10100 Steel or 304 Stainless steel Type 1098H: W Steel or F8M Stainless steel Plug ND Seat Ring 416 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy age EN coated: Stainless steel, 316 or 416 Stainless steel, Monel, or Hastelloy Diaphragms, O-Rings, Seals, and PiLot Seat Nitrile (NBR), Ethylenepropylene (EPR), or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Pilot Body and asing luminum or Stainless steel MIN SPRING Steel or Inconel X 303

66 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators September 2006 Type 1098-EGR Type 1098-EGR 6563 Inlet Pressure Outlet Pressure Loading Pressure tmospheric Pressure INLET PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE LODING PRESSURE TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Figure 2. Type 1098-EGR Operational Schematic 6563 body size, Inches (DN) Table 4. Flow and Sizing oefficients Linear cage 1:1 Line Size to Body Size 2:1 Line Size to Body Size IE Sizing oefficients g v g v K m 1 1 X t F d F l Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open 1 (25) (50) (80) (100) (150) 12,900 13, ,100 12, x 6 (200 x 150) 18,480 19, ,370 18, x 6 (300 x 150) 21,180 22, ,900 20, body size, Inches (DN) whisper trim cage 1:1 Line Size to Body Size 2:1 Line Size to Body Size g v g v K m 1 1 X t F d F l Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open 1 (25) IE Sizing oefficients (50) (80) (100) (150) x 6 (200 x 150) 10,660 11, ,020 10, x 6 (300 x 150) 11,050 11, ,380 10, body size, Inches (DN) quick opening trim 1:1 Line Size to Body Size 2:1 Line Size to Body Size g v g v K m 1 1 X t F d F L Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open Regulating Wide-Open 1 (25) IE Sizing oefficients (50) (80) (100) (150) 14,915 15, ,571 15, x 6 (200 x 150) 12 x 6 (300 x 150) 15,770 22, ,410 20, ,770 25, ,410 25,

67 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators pilot types L 6354M 6354H 1. Without diaphragm limiter. 2. With diaphragm limiter. Table 5. Outlet (ontrol) Pressure Ranges outlet (control) pressure range 3 to 20 psig (207 mbar to 1,4 bar) 5 to 35 psig (345 mbar to 2,4 bar) 35 to 100 psig (2,4 to 6,9 bar) 14-inches w.c. to 2 psig (35 to 138 mbar) 2 to 10 psig (138 mbar to 0,7 bar) 3 to 40 psig (207 mbar to 2,8 bar) 35 to 100 psig (2,4 to 6,9 bar) 85 to 200 psig (5,9 to 13,8 bar) (1) 175 to 220 psig (12,1 to 15,2 bar) (2) 200 to 300 psig (13,8 to 20,7 bar) (2) olor ode Green Silver Red Yellow Black Yellow Red Blue (1) Blue (2) Green (2) pilot control data Spring Part Number 1B B K X X012 1E K L L X012 BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1 (25) 2 (50) 3 (80) 4 (100) 6, 8 x 6, or 12 x 6 (150, 200 x 150, or 300 x 150) Table 6. Maximum and Minimum Differential Pressures for Main Valve Spring Selection SPRING PRT NUMBER ND OLOR Maximum allowable differential pressure, psi (bar) (1) minimum differential pressure required For full Stroke, psig (bar) Size 30 ctuator Size 40 ctuator Size 70 ctuator X012, Green 60 (4,1) 3.5 (0,24) 2.5 (0,17) 1 (0,069) X012, Blue 125 (8,6) 5 (0,34) 4 (0,28) 1.5 (0,10) X012, Red 400 (27,6) or body rating limit, whichever is lower 7 (0,48) 5 (0,34) 2.5 (0,17) X012, Yellow 20 (1,4) (0,14) 1 (0,069) X012, Green 60 (4,1) 4 (0,28) 3 (0,21) 1.5 (0,10) X012, Blue 125 (8,6) 6 (0,41) 5 (0,34) 2 (0,14) X012, Red 400 (27,6) or body rating limit, whichever is lower 11 (0,76) 10 (0,69) 3 (0,21) X012, Yellow 20 (1,4) (0,17) 1 (0,069) X012, Green 60 (4,1) 5 (0,34) 4 (0,28) 2 (0,14) X012, Blue 125 (8,6) 8 (0,55) 6 (0,41) 2.5 (0,17) X012, Red 400 (27,6) or body rating limit, whichever is lower 14 (0,97) 11 (0,76) 4 (0,28) X012, Yellow 20 (1,4) (0,24) 1.3 (0,09) X012, Green 60 (4,1) 10 (0,69) 5 (0,34) 2.5 (0,17) X012, Blue 125 (8,6) 13 (0,90) 8 (0,55) 3 (0,21) X012, Red 400 (27,6) or body rating limit, whichever is lower 22 (1,52) 13 (0,90) 5 (0,34) X012, Yellow 20 (1,4) (0,41) 2.2 (0,15) X012, Green 60 (4,1) 13 (0,90) 9.5 (0,66) 4 (0,28) X012, Blue 125 (8,6) 19 (1,31) 14 (0,97) 6 (0,41) X012, Red 400 (27,6) or body rating limit, whichever is lower 1. Maximum inlet pressure is equal to set pressure plus maximum differential. 2. Requires special 6300 Series pilot construction without integral relief valve and with external Type 1806, 40 psid (2,76 bar d) relief valve. 28 (1,93) (2) 19 (1,31) 8 (0,55) onstruction Table 7. vailable Pilot onfigurations Type L, 6354M, or 6354H Unbalanced pilot valve plug Standard Balanced pilot valve plug Standard Standard Standard luminum spring case with drilled vent and without closing cap Standard Optional Optional Optional 1/4-inch NPT tapped spring case with closing cap and removable vent Pilot restriction Standard gain (indicated by S stamped on pilot body and nameplate) Low gain for liquid service and/or broader proportional bands (indicated by L stamped on pilot body and nameplate) High gain for narrower proportional bands (indicated by H stamped on pilot body and nameplate) luminum Standard Standard Standard Brass Optional Optional Optional Steel Optional Optional Optional Stainless steel Optional Optional Optional Standard Standard Standard Standard Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional 305

68 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators body Size, inches (DN) 1 (25) 2 (50) 3 (80) 4 (100) 6, 8 x 6, or 12 x 6 (150, 200 x 150, or 300 x 150) Table 8. Proportional Band (Standard Pilot Restriction and Size 40 Type 1098 ctuator (1) ) Type pilot ontrol Spring olor Yellow or Green Main Valve Spring proportional band, psi (mbar) Blue Main Valve Spring Red Main Valve Spring Green 0.1 (7) 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) admium 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) Red 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) 1.0 (69) Yellow 0.04 (3) 0.1 (7) 0.2 (14) Black 0.08 (6) 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) Yellow 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) Red 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) 1.0 (69) Green 0.2 (14) 0.3 (21) 0.5 (34) admium 0.3 (21) 0.5 (34) 1.0 (69) Red 0.5 (34) 1.0 (69) 1.4 (97) Yellow 0.05 (3) 0.15 (10) 0.3 (21) Black 0.1 (7) 0.3 (21) 0.6 (41) Yellow 0.3 (21) 0.5 (34) 1.0 (69) Red 0.5 (34) 1.0 (69) 1.4 (97) Green 0.3 (21) 0.4 (28) 0.6 (41) admium 0.4 (28) 0.6 (41) 1.2 (83) Red 0.9 (62) 1.2 (83) 1.5 (103) Yellow 0.1 (7) 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) Black 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) Yellow 0.4 (28) 0.6 (41) 1.2 (83) Red 0.9 (62) 1.2 (83) 1.5 (103) Green 0.4 (28) 0.5 (34) 0.8 (55) admium 0.7 (48) 0.8 (55) 1.4 (97) Red 1.2 (83) 2.0 (138) 3.0 (207) Yellow 0.15 (10) 0.3 (21) 0.6 (41) Black 0.3 (21) 0.6 (41) 1.2 (83) Yellow 0.7 (48) 0.8 (55) 1.4 (97) Red 1.2 (83) 2.0 (138) 3.0 (207) Green 0.5 (34) 0.6 (41) 1.0 (69) admium 0.9 (62) 1.5 (103) 2.0 (138) Red 1.5 (103) 2.5 (172) 3.5 (241) Yellow 0.2 (14) 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) Black 0.4 (28) 0.8 (55) 1.6 (110) Yellow 0.9 (62) 1.5 (103) 2.0 (138) Red 1.5 (103) 2.5 (172) 3.5 (241) 1. For other combinations, multiply table values by 1.6 for a size 30 actuator, 0.4 for a size 70 actuator, 2.0 for a low-gain Type 6352 or 6353 pilot restriction, and 0.5 for a high-gain Type 6352 or 6353 pilot restriction. For instance, a standard 2-inch (DN 50) Type 1098-EGR-6352 regulator with black pilot control spring and blue main valve spring has a proportional band of 0.3 psi (21 mbar) as given in the table, but this same regulator with low-gain restriction and size 70 actuator has a proportional band of 0.3 psi (21 mbar) x 2.0 x 0.4 = 0.24 psi (17 mbar). Four easy ways to find the products you need Section headers at the top of each page are grouped by application of product (i.e., ir, Process Gases, etc.). 2. The Product Index at the back of this pplication Guide contains a detailed list of products arranged by type and application. 3. If you know the application and product number, turn to the pplication Map of that section and locate the Section Outline which indexes all of the products found in that section. 4. Look for the product type number in the Quick Reference hart in the Table of ontents. 306

69 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators body Size, inches (DN) Table 9. Proportional Band Range (Standard Pilot Restriction, Size 30 Type 1098H ctuator (1) ) pilot approximate proportional band range, psi (mbar) Type ontrol Spring olor Green Main Valve Spring Blue Main Valve Spring Red Main Valve Spring 1 (25) 6354L, 6354M, or 6354H Blue or Green 1.0 (69) 1.5 (103) 2.5 (172) 2 (50) 6354L, 6354M, or 6354H Blue or Green 1.5 (103) 2.0 (138) 3.0 (207) 3 (80) 6354L, 6354M, or 6354H Blue or Green 2.5 (172) 3.0 (207) 4.0 (276) 4 (100) 6354L, 6354M, or 6354H Blue or Green 3.5 (241) 4.0 (276) 5.0 (0,3 bar) 6, 8 x 6, and 12 x 6 (150, 200 x 150, and 300 x 150) 6354L, 6354M, or 6354H Blue or Green 4.0 (276) 5.0 (0,3 bar) 6.0 (0,4 bar) 1. For other restrictions, multiply table values by 2.0 for a low-gain restriction or by 0.5 for a high gain restriction. For instance, a standard 2-inch (DN 50) Type 1098H-EGR-6354L regulator with blue control spring and blue main valve spring has a proportional band of 2.0 psi (0,14 bar) as given in the table, but this same regulator with low-gain restriction has a proportional band of 2.0 psi (138 mbar) x 2.0 = 4.0 psi (276 mbar). Table 10. apacities INLET PRESSURE, Psig (bar) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, Psig (bar) PITIES IN thousands of SFH (Nm 3 /h) of IR FOR REGULTORS WITH STNDRD LINER GE, standard travel, ND LINE EQULS MIN VLVE BODY SIZE 1-inch (DN 25) 2-inch (DN 50) 3-inch (DN 80) 4-inch (DN 100) 6-inch (DN 150) 8 x 6-inch (DN 200 x 150) 12 x 6-inch (DN 300 x 150) 3 (0,21) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 6.2 (0,17) 24.8 (0,67) 51.2 (1,37) 78.3 (2,10) (0,34) 10 (0,69) 15 (1,03) 20 (1,38) 30 (2,07) 40 (2,76) 50 (3,45) 75 (5,17) 100 (6,90) 125 (8,62) 150 (10,3) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 1 (69 mbar) 2 (138 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 3 (207 mbar) 5 (0,4) 7 (0,5) 1 (69 mbar) 4 (276 mbar) 8 (0,6) 12 (0,8) 1 (69 mbar) 10 (0,7) 15 (1,0) 17 (1,2) 4 (276 mbar) or less 15 (1,0) 20 (1,4) 25 (1,7) 9 (0,6) or less 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 35 (2,4) 13 (0,9) or less 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 40 (2,8) 45 (3,1) 24 (1,7) or less 50 (3,4) 60 (4,1) 70 (4,8) 35 (2,4) or less 60 (4,1) 75 (5,2) 46 (3,2) or less 75 (5,2) 57 (3,9) or less 75 (5,2) 8.53 (0,23) 7.75 (0,21) 6.98 (0,19) 13.2 (0,35) 11.6 (0,31) 10.1 (0,27) 8.53 (0,23) 16.3 (0,44) 15.5 (0,42) 13.2 (0,35) 9.3 (0,25) 20.9 (0,56) 16.3 (0,44) 12.4 (0,33) 10.1 (0,27) 27.1 (0,73) 22.5 (0,60) 19.4 (0,52) 14.0 (0,38) 32.6 (0,87) 27.9 (0,75) 21.7 (0,58) 16.3 (0,44) 38.8 (1,04) 34.9 (0,94) 31.0 (0,83) 24.0 (0,64) 17.1 (0,46) 53.5 (1,43) 41.9 (1,12) 34.1 (0,91) 20.9 (0,56) 69.0 (1,85) 57.4 (1,54) 48.1 (1,29) 83.7 (2,24) 70.5 (1,89) 98.4 (2,64) 89.1 (2,39) 32.6 (0,87) 30.2 (0,81) 27.1 (0,73) 48.8 (1,31) 43.4 (1,16) 38.0 (1,02) 31.0 (0,83) 61.2 (1,64) 57.4 (1,54) 48.8 (1,31) 34.1 (0,91) 79.1 (2,12) 61.2 (1,64) 46.5 (1,25) 37.2 (1,00) 102 (2,73) 83.7 (2,24) 72.1 (1,93) 53.5 (1,43) 125 (3,35) 105 (2,81) 81.4 (2,18) 59.7 (1,60) 147 (3,94) 133 (3,56) 118 (3,16) 89.1 (2,39) 65.9 (1,77) 205 (5,49) 157 (4,21) 129 (3,46) 78.3 (2,10) 261 (7,00) 217 (5,82) 183 (4,90) 319 (8,55) 267 (7,16) 375 (10,1) 338 (9,06) 67.4 (1,81) 63.6 (1,70) 56.6 (1,52) 100 (2,68) 89.9 (2,41) 79.1 (2,12) 63.6 (1,70) 126 (3,38) 119 (3,19) 101 (2,71) 70.5 (1,89) 160 (4,29) 127 (3,40) 96.9 (2,60) 76.7 (2,06) 207 (5,55) 173 (4,64) 149 (3,99) 112 (3,00) 253 (6,78) 217 (5,82) 168 (4,50) 125 (3,35) 299 (8,01) 274 (7,34) 243 (6,51) 186 (4,99) 136 (3,65) 415 (11,1) 325 (8,71) 266 (7,13) 162 (4,34) 531 (14,2) 448 (12,0) 379 (10,2) 646 (17,3) 550 (14,7) 763 (20,4) 695 (18,6) 105 (2,81) 97.7 (2,62) 86.8 (2,33) 156 (4,18) 140 (3,75) 122 (3,27) 98.4 (2,64) 197 (5,28) 184 (4,93) 156 (4,18) 109 (2,92) 254 (6,81) 197 (5,28) 149 (3,99) 119 (3,19) 327 (8,76) 267 (7,16) 230 (6,16) 171 (4,58) 401 (10,7) 336 (9,01) 260 (6,97) 191 (5,12) 474 (12,7) 427 (11,4) 376 (10,1) 286 (7,67) 209 (5,60) 656 (17,6) 502 (13,5) 410 (11,0) 250 (6,70) 839 (22,5) 694 (18,6) 584 (15,7) 1022 (27,4) 853 (22,9) 1205 (32,3) 1082 (29,0) 199 (5,33) 187 (5,01) (7,80) 264 (7,08) 234 (6,27) (9,78) 345 (9,25) 298 (7,99) (12,0) 374 (10,0) 288 (7,72) (15,5) 505 (13,5) 440 (11,8) 332 (8,90) 705 (18,9) 632 (16,9) 499 (13,4) 372 (9,97) 835 (22,4) 793 (21,3) 712 (19,1) 552 (14,8) 408 (10,9) 1157 (31,0) 955 (25,6) 790 (21,2) 486 (13,0) 1479 (39,6) 1309 (35,1) 1119 (30,0) 1802 (48,3) 1606 (43,0) 2124 (56,9) 2010 (53,9) 246 (6,59) 232 (6,22) (9,62) 326 (8,74) 290 (7,77) (12,0) 425 (11,4) 369 (9,89) (14,7) 461 (12,4) 356 (9,54) (18,9) 622 (16,7) 544 (14,6) 412 (11,0) 863 (23,1) 780 (20,9) 618 (16,6) 461 (12,4) 1020 (27,3) 975 (26,1) 879 (23,6) 683 (18,3) 506 (13,6) 1414 (37,9) 1179 (31,6) 977 (26,2) 603 (16,2) 1808 (48,5) 1614 (43,3) 1384 (37,1) 2203 (59,0) 1980 (53,1) 2597 (69,6) 2473 (66,3) 246 (6,59) 232 (6,22) (9,62) 326 (8,74) 290 (7,77) (12,0) 425 (11,4) 369 (9,89) (14,7) 461 (12,4) 356 (9,54) (18,9) 622 (16,7) 544 (14,6) 412 (11,0) 863 (23,1) 780 (20,9) 618 (16,6) 461 (12,4) 1020 (27,3) 975 (26,1) 879 (23,6) 683 (18,3) 506 (13,6) 1414 (37,9) 1179 (31,6) 977 (26,2) 603 (16,2) 1808 (48,5) 1614 (43,3) 1384 (37,1) 2203 (59,0) 1980 (53,1) 2597 (69,6) 2473 (66,3) 175 (12,1) 68 (4,7) or less 114 (3,06) 432 (11,6) 878 (23,5) 1388 (37,2) 2447 (65,6) 2991 (80,2) 2991 (80,2) 200 (13,8) 75 (5,2) or less 129 (3,46) 489 (13,1) 994 (26,6) 1571 (42,1) 2769 (74,2) 3385 (90,7) 3385 (90,7) 250 (17,2) 75 (5,2) or less 159 (4,26) 604 (16,2) 1225 (32,8) 1938 (51,9) 3414 (91,5) 4173 (112) 4173 (112) 300 (20,7) 75 (5,2) or less 189 (5,07) 718 (19,2) 1457 (39,0) 2303 (61,7) 4059 (109) 4962 (133) 4962 (133) 350 (24,1) 75 (5,2) or less 219 (5,87) 832 (22,3) 1688 (45,2) 2669 (71,5) 4703 (126) 5 (154) 5 (154) 400 (27,6) 75 (5,2) or less 249 (6,67) 946 (25,4) 1920 (51,5) 3035 (81,3) 5348 (143) 6538 (175) 6538 (175) 307

70 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators /2 R (REMOVL LERNE FOR TRIM PKGE) M G Z D E 1.94 (49) H B1113_1_B R (TUTOR REMOVL LERNE) INHES (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions Table 11. Main Valve Dimensions dimensions, inches (mm) body Size, inches (DN) NPT ast Iron, L600 RF or NPT Steel and Stainless Steel L125B FF ast Iron or L150 RF Steel and Stainless Steel L250 RF ast Iron or L300 RF Steel and Stainless Steel PN 16/25/40 Steel and Stainless Steel D G R ast Iron Z Steel and Stainless Steel 1 (25) 8.25 (210) 7.25 (184) 7.75 (197) 7.62 (194) 3.88 (99) 8.62 (219) 4.06 (103) (305) (349) 3.00 (76) 2 (50) (286) (254) (267) (259) 4.56 (116) 9.12 (232) 4.06 (103) (338) (383) 3.12 (79) 3 (80) (337) (298) (317) (300) 5.31 (135) (287) 5.06 (129) (419) (464) 3.88 (99) 4 (100) (394) (353) (368) (344) 6.56 (167) (322) 5.06 (129) (486) (536) 5.12 (130) 6 (150) (508) (451) (473) (444) 8.06 (205) (346) 8.00 (203) (514) (591) 6.62 (168) R 8 x 6 (200 x 150) 12 x 6 (300 x 150) (610) (544) (569) (248) (382) 8.00 (203) (514) (591) 6.62 (168) (820) (737) (775) (319) (450) 8.00 (203) (514) (591) 6.62 (168) TUTOR TYPE ND SIZE Table 12. ctuator Dimensions (Diameter) E DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) H With Pilot Spring ase Vent M Without Pilot Spring ase Vent (289) 5.69 (145) 7.88 (200) 9.50 (241) 9.31 (236) (333) 5.75 (146) 7.88 (200) 9.50 (241) 9.31 (236) (536) 7.44 (189) (360) (402) (397) 1098H (289) 6.06 (154) 7.88 (200) 9.50 (241) 9.31 (236) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) Table 13. Shipping Weights Type 1098 Size 30 ctuator PPROXIMTE SHIPPING WEIGHTS, POUNDS (kg) Type 1098H Size 30 ctuator Type 1098 Size 40 ctuator Type 1098 Size 70 ctuator 1 (25) 55 (25) 80 (36) 65 (29) 140 (64) 2 (50) 75 (34) 100 (45) 85 (39) 160 (73) 3 (80) 115 (52) 140 (64) 125 (57) 200 (91) 4 (100) 165 (75) 190 (86) 175 (79) 250 (113) 6 (150) 350 (159) 375 (170) 360 (163) 435 (197) 8 x 6 (200 x 150) 12 x 6 (300 x 150) 625 (284) 650 (295) 635 (288) 710 (322) 1102 (500) 1127 (511) 1112 (504) 1187 (538) 308

71 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide Main Valve Body Size (Select One) 1-inch (DN 25) 2-inch (DN 50) 3-inch (DN 80) 4-inch (DN 100) 6-inch (DN 150) 8 x 6-inch (DN 200 x 150) 12 x 6-inch (DN 300 x 150) age haracteristics (Select One) Linear Whisper drilled hole age Material (Select One) 416 Stainless steel (whisper only)** 316 Stainless steel (standard)** Monel ** Hastelloy ** ctuator and Bonnet Material (Select One) Type 1098 G10100 Steel casing with steel bonnet*** 304 Stainless steel casing with stainless steel bonnet (size 40 only)** Type 1098H W Steel casing with integral bonnet** F8M Stainless steel casing with integral bonnet* Body Flange Material (Select One) EN oated ast iron*** EN oated Steel*** EN oated F8M stainless steel** EN oated Monel** EN oated Hastelloy ** Plug and Seat Ring (Select One) 416 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Monel** Hastelloy ** Main Valve Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron Body NPT (1 and 2-inch only)*** L125 FF*** L250 RF*** W Steel Body NPT (1 or 2-inch only)*** L150 RF*** L300 RF*** L600 RF* PN 16/25/40* F8M Stainless steel NPT (1 or 2-inch only)** L150 RF** L300 RF** L600 RF* PN 16/25/40* Main Valve Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) Monel NPT (1 or 2-inch only)** L150 RF** L300 RF** L600 RF (3, 4, or 6-inch (DN 80, 100, or 150) only)* PN 16/25/40* Hastelloy NPT (1 or 2-inch only)** L150 RF** L300 RF** L600 RF (3, 4, or 6-inch (DN 80, 100, or 150) only)* PN 16/25/40* Main Valve Spring (Select One) Maximum Differential and Spring olor 20 psi (1,4 bar), Yellow** 60 psi (4,1 bar), Green*** 125 psi (8,6 bar), Blue*** 400 psi (27,6 bar), Red*** - continued - 309

72 Types 1098-EGR and 1098H-EGR Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide (continued) Spring Material (Select One) Steel Inconel X ctuator Size and Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) Type 1098 Size 40, maximum set pressure 75 psig (5,2 bar) 14-inches w.c. to 2 psig (35 to 138 mbar)** 2 to 10 psig (138 mbar to 0,7 bar)*** 3 to 40 psig (207 mbar to 2,8 bar)*** 35 to 75 psig (2,4 to 5,2 bar)*** Type 1098 Size 30, maximum set pressure 100 psig (6,9 bar) 14-inches w.c. to 2 psig (35 to 138 mbar)*** 2 to 10 psig (138 mbar to 0,7 bar)** 3 to 40 psig (207 mbar to 2,8 bar)** 35 to 100 psig (2,4 to 6,9 bar)** Type 1098 Size 70, maximum set pressure 50 psig (3,4 bar) 14-inches w.c. to 2 psig (35 to 138 mbar)** 2 to 10 psig (138 mbar to 0,7 bar)** 3 to 40 psig (207 mbar to 2,8 bar)** 25 to 50 psig (1,7 to 3,4 bar)** Type 1098H Size 30, maximum set pressure 300 psig (20,7 bar) 2 to 10 psig (138 mbar to 0,7 bar)** 3 to 40 psig (207 mbar to 2,8 bar)** 35 to 125 psig (2,4 to 8,6 bar)** 85 to 200 psig (5,9 to 13,8 bar)** 175 to 220 psig (12,1 to 15,2 bar)** 200 to 300 psig (13,8 to 20,7 bar)** To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm, O-rings, and Other Elastomers (Select One) Nitrile (NBR)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Tubing and Fittings (Select One) Stainless steel tubing and steel plated fittings** Stainless steel tubing and fittings** Pilot Gain (Select) Low for liquid service*** NE Required Yes Main Valve Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. ctuator Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Pilot Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 310

73 Types 1301F and 1301G Pressure Reducing Regulators Introduction The Types 1301F and 1301G directoperated regulators are used for numerous high-pressure applications with pressures up to 6000 psig (414 bar). These regulators are available in Brass or Stainless steel. Their rugged design offers versatility for a wide range of applications. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles 1/4-inch threaded NPT (optional flanges available) Flow oefficients Wide-open g : 5.0 Wide-open v : : 38.5 K m : 0.72 IE Sizing oefficients X T : 0.94 F D : 0.50 F L : 0.85 Pressure Registration Internal Features Durable Stainless Steel Diaphragm Spare Valve Disk Provided NSI lass VI Shutoff NE onstruction vailable Low Temperature onstruction vailable [to -65 F (-54 )] Maximum Inlet Pressure 6000 psig (414 bar) Maximum Emergency Outlet Pressures Type 1301F: 250 psig (17,2 bar) Type 1301G: 550 psig (37,9 bar) Outlet Pressure Ranges Type 1301F: 10 to 225 psig (0,7 to 16 bar) in three ranges See Table 2 Type 1301G: 200 to 500 psig (13,8 to 34,5 bar) See Table 3 Temperature apabilities Nylon Valve Disk and Neoprene Gaskets: -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Valve Disk and Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Gaskets: -20 to 400 F (-29 to 204 ) not recommended for hot water use PTFE Valve Disk and Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) Gaskets: -40 to 275 F (-40 to 135 ) Low Temperature Service Service to -65 F (-54 ) is available with low temperature bolting and special low temperature Nitrile (NBR) O-rings to replace the gaskets pproximate Shipping Weight 8 pounds (3,6 kg) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: M1015 P1025 Figure 1. Type 1301F inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure Figure 2. Type 1301F Operational Schematic Table 1. onstruction Materials Body Bottom ap ND Spring ase Orifice ORIFIE Yoke GSKETS Valve Spring Valve Disks and holder Diaphragm Brass and F8M Stainless steel Brass, 304 Stainless steel and F8M Stainless steel 303 Stainless steel and 316 Stainless steel Brass and 316 Stainless steel Neoprene, Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) 302 Stainless steel and Inconel Nylon and zinc-plated brass or PTFE and zinc-plated brass, Nylon and 304 Stainless steel/ptfe and 304 Stainless steel/nylon and 316 Stainless steel or PTFE and 316 Stainless steel 302 Stainless steel and Monel 311

74 Types 1301F and 1301G Pressure Reducing Regulators OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, Psig (bar) 10 to 75 (0,7 to 5,2) 1D Blue 50 to 150 (3,4 to 10,3) 1B Silver 100 to 225 (6,9 to 15,5) 1D Red OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, Psig (bar) 25 (1,7) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 225 (15,5) Table 2. Type 1301F apacities PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Inlet Pressure, Psig (bar) 250 (17,2) 500 (34,5) (52) 10% Droop 20% Droop 10% Droop 20% Droop 10% Droop 20% Droop 10% Droop 20% Droop 190 (5,09) 280 (7,50) 250 (6,70) 200 (5,36) (7,77) 400 (10,7) 400 (10,7) 350 (9,38) (8,04) 480 (12,9) 600 (16,1) (20,1) 650 (17,4) 480 (12,9) 800 (21,4) 900 (24,1) 800 (21,4) (26,8) 900 (24,1) 800 (21,4) 400 (10,7) 720 (19,3) 900 (24,1) 800 (21,4) 1100 (29,5) (26,8) 1400 (37,5) 650 (17,4) (26,8) 1400 (37,5) 1300 (34,8) 1800 (48,2) 1700 (45,6) 2100 (56,3) 840 (22,5) (26,8) 950 (25,5) 1450 (38,9) 1350 (36,2) 1900 (50,9) (20,1) 1200 (32,2) 1600 (42,9) 1500 (40,2) 2300 (61,6) 2200 (59,0) 2900 (77,7) - continued - OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, Psig (bar) 10 to 75 (0,7 to 5,2) 1D Blue 50 to 150 (3,4 to 10,3) 1B Silver 100 to 225 (6,9 to 15,5) 1D Red OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, Psig (bar) 25 (1,7) 50 (3,4) 75 (5,2) 75 (5,2) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 225 (15,5) Table 2. Type 1301F apacities (continued) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Inlet Pressure, Psig (bar) (69) 1500 (103) (138) 10% Droop 20% Droop 10% Droop 20% Droop 10% Droop 20% Droop 520 (13,9) 900 (24,1) 1100 (29,5) (26,8) 1600 (42,9) 1500 (40,2) 2400 (64,3) 770 (20,6) 1300 (34,8) 1700 (45,6) 1600 (42,9) 2600 (69,7) 2250 (60,3) 3500 (93,8) 540 (14,5) 950 (25,5) 1200 (32,2) 1100 (29,5) 1700 (45,6) 1650 (44,2) 2700 (72,4) 800 (21,4) 1400 (37,5) 1800 (48,2) 1700 (45,6) 2800 (75,0) 2 (73,7) 4000 (107) 560 (15,0) (26,8) 1300 (34,8) 1200 (32,2) 1800 (48,2) 1800 (48,2) 3000 (80,4) 820 (22,0) 1500 (40,2) 1900 (50,9) 1800 (48,2) 3000 (80,4) 3000 (80,4) 4500 (121) Table 3. Type 1301G apacities OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR, Psig (bar) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING, Psig (bar) offset, psig (bar) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Inlet Pressure, Psig (bar) 300 (20,7) 500 (34,5) (52) (69) 1500 (103) (138) 2250 (155) 200 to 500 (13,8 to 34,5) 1K Silver 200 (13,8) 500 (34,5) 10 (0,7) 20 (1,4) 30 (2,1) 40 (2,8) 15 (1,0) 25 (1,7) 50 (3,4) 350 (9,38) 650 (17,4) 900 (24,1) 1100 (29,5) (14,7) 900 (24,1) 1350 (36,2) 1650 (44,2) (20,1) 1200 (32,2) 1700 (45,6) 2100 (56,3) 800 (21,4) 1400 (37,5) 2200 (59,0) 950 (25,5) 1500 (40,2) (53,6) 2500 (67,0) (26,8) 1600 (42,9) 2800 (75,0) 1100 (29,5) 1800 (48,2) 2300 (61,6) 3000 (80,4) 1300 (34,8) (53,6) 3300 (88,4) 1250 (33,5) (53,6) 2700 (72,4) 3500 (93,8) 1500 (40,2) 2600 (69,7) 4000 (107) 1400 (37,5) 2100 (56,3) 3000 (80,4) 3700 (99,2) 1600 (42,9) 2800 (75,0) 4500 (121) 312

75 Types 1301F and 1301G Pressure Reducing Regulators a INLET 1/4-INH NPT GUGE TP OUTLET 1/4-INH NPT b 0.69 (18) GUGE TP OUTLET 1/4-INH NPT c 1.88 (48) INHES (mm) K2724_D Figure Series Dimensions Type 1301F 1301G BODY MTERIL Table 4. Dimensions DIMENSIONS, Inches (mm) a b c Brass 3.38 (86) 1.69 (43) 5.62 (143) Stainless steel 3.50 (89) 1.75 (44) Maximum Brass 3.38 (86) 1.69 (43) 6.50 (165) Stainless steel 3.50 (89) 1.75 (44) Maximum Table 5. Replacement Parts Kit Numbers (1) trim Brass with nylon disk Stainless steel with nylon disk Brass with PTFE disk Stainless steel with PTFE disk kit number R1301FX0012 R1301FX0022 R1301FX0032 R1301FX Body and diaphragm head gaskets are Neoprene for Brass trim or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) for Stainless steel trim. Regulator Tip For every 15 psi (1,0 bar, differential) pressure differential across the regulator, expect approximately a 1 F (-17 ) drop in gas temperature due to the natural refrigeration effect. Freezing is often a problem when the ambient temperature is between 30 and 45 F (-1 and 7 ). 313

76 Types 1301F and 1301G Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide Type (Select One) 1301F: 1301G: 10 to 75 psig (0,7 to 5,2 bar)*** 50 to 150 psig (3,4 to 10,3 bar)*** 100 to 225 psig (6,9 to 15,5 bar)*** 200 to 500 psig (13,8 to 34,5 bar)*** Body and Spring ase Materials (Select One) Brass*** F8M Stainless steel** Valve Disk (Select One) Nylon*** PTFE** Gaskets (Select One) Neoprene*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* NE Required Yes Low Temperature onstruction (-65 F (-54 )) Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 314

77 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Introduction Maximum Inlet Pressure The Y690 Series direct-operated regulators are used to provide pressure reducing control in a variety of gas applications. The Y690 Series design is ideally suited to control the gas supply to in-plant processing equipment. The Type Y690H is the high-pressure version, and the Type Y690M is the external registration version. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow and Sizing oefficients See Table 2 Features Molded Diaphragm to Provide ccuracy of ontrol Ease of Inspection and Maintenance NE onfiguration vailable Outlet Pressure Rating to 150 psig (10,3 bar) Without Damage to Internal Parts 150 psig (10,3 bar) See Table 4 Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressure 150 psig (10,3 bar) Outlet Pressure Ranges 1-inch w.c. to 7 psig (2 mbar to 0,5 bar) in eight ranges See Table 5 Pressure Registration Types Y690 and Y690H: Internal Type Y690M: External Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20 to 275 F (-29 to 135 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): -20 to 300 F (-29 to 149 ) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W7293 Figure 1. Type Y690 Pressure Reducing Regulator w7291_1 Figure 2. Type Y690H Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) Body Material (1) Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Hastelloy 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) NPT NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF (1-inch (DN 25) only) 1. ll flanges are welded on except Hastelloy. ORIFIE SIZE, INHES (mm) WIDE-OPEN coefficients (FOR RELIEF VLVE SIZING) Table 2. Flow and Sizing oefficients 1 K m IE Sizing oefficients v g X T F D F L 1/8 (3,2) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3)

78 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators B2625 INLET PRESSURE outlet PRESSURE TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Figure 3. Type Y690 Operational Schematic Table 3. onstruction Materials BODY DIPHRGM SE SPRING SE TRIM DIPHRGM DISK Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Ductile iron or F8M Stainless steel 303 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) bonded Nitrile (NBR) Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), PTFE, or Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) ORIFIE SIZE, INHES (mm) 1 to 2.5-Inches w.c. (2 to 6 mbar) Type Y to 7-Inches w.c. (6 to 17 mbar) Table 4. Maximum Operating Inlet Pressure 5 to 10-Inches w.c. (12 to 25 mbar) Outlet Pressure Range, 7 to 15-Inches w.c. (17 to 37 mbar) Types Y690H and Y690M 0.5 to 1.2 Psig (34 to 83 mbar) 1.2 to 2 Psig (83 to 138 mbar) 2.5 to 4.5 Psig (17 mbar to 0,3 bar) 4.5 to 7 Psig (0,3 to 0,4 bar) 1/8 (3,2) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 150 (10,3) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3) 40 (2,8) 20 (1,4) 10 (0,7) 5 (0,3) 60 (4,1) 20 (1,4) 10 (0,7) 5 (0,3) 75 (5,2) 35 (2,4) 8 (0,5) 5 (0,3) 75 (5,2) 35 (2,4) 8 (0,5) 5 (0,3) 75 (5,2) 35 (2,4) 8 (0,5) 5 (0,3) 150 (10,3) 60 (4,1) 10 (0,7) 6 (0,4) 150 (10,3) 60 (4,1) 12 (0,8) 8 (0,5) 150 (10,3) 60 (4,1) 12 (0,8) 8 (0,5) Table 5. Outlet (ontrol) Pressure Ranges TYPEs Outlet ontrol Pressure Range Spring PRT NUMBER Spring OLOR Spring Wire Diameter, INHES (mm) Y690 and Y690M Y690H and Y690HM 1 to 2.5-inches w.c. 2.5 to 7-inches w.c. 5 to 10-inches w.c. 7 to 15-inches w.c. 0.5 to 1.2 psig 1.2 to 2.5 psig 2.5 to 4.5 psig 4.5 to 7 psig (2 to 6 mbar) (6 to 17 mbar) (12 to 25 mbar) (17 to 37 mbar) (34 to 83 mbar) (83 to 172 mbar) (172 mbar to 0,3 bar) (0,3 to 0,5 bar) 1B (1)(2) 1B (1) 1B B B B B B To achieve the published outlet pressure range the spring case must be installed pointing down. 2. Do not use fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm with these springs at diaphragm temperatures lower than 60 F (16 ). Orange Red Red Unpainted Yellow Light green Light blue Black (1,8) (2,2) (2,2) (2,7) (2,9) (4,0) (4,8) (5,5) 316

79 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 6. Types Y690 and Y690M apacities BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING INLET PRESSURE, Psig (bar) apacities in SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR (1) Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 1/8 (3,2) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3) 1 to 2.5-inches w.c. (2 to 6 mbar) 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 120 (3,22) 180 (4,82) 200 (5,36) 280 (7,50) 600 (16,1) 800 (21,4) 900 (24,1) (26,8) 1200 (32,2) 1300 (34,8) 300 (8,04) 410 (11,0) 510 (13,7) 610 (16,3) 970 (26,0) 350 (9,38) 450 (12,1) 530 (14,2) 650 (17,4) 460 (12,3) 600 (16,1) 800 (21,4) 600 (16,1) 700 (18,8) 1B Orange 2.5-inches w.c. (6 mbar) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 120 (3,22) 200 (5,36) 220 (5,90) 280 (7,50) 650 (17,4) 900 (24,1) 1050 (28,1) 1150 (30,8) 1200 (32,2) 1250 (33,5) 350 (9,38) 660 (17,7) 770 (20,6) 1020 (27,3) 400 (10,7) 600 (16,1) (20,1) 950 (25,5) 640 (17,2) 820 (22,0) 1020 (27,3) 770 (20,6) 950 (25,5) 3/4 (20) 2.5-inches w.c. (6 mbar) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 120 (3,22) 180 (4,82) 230 (6,16) 250 (6,70) 600 (16,1) 780 (20,9) 950 (25,5) 1010 (27,1) 1150 (30,8) 1210 (32,4) 200 (5,36) 270 (7,24) 450 (12,1) 630 (16,9) 870 (23,3) 1250 (33,5) 230 (6,16) 530 (14,2) 700 (18,8) 900 (24,1) 450 (12,1) 600 (16,1) 810 (21,7) 490 (13,1) 680 (18,2) 2.5 to 7-inches w.c. (6 to 17 mbar) 1B Red 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 110 (2,95) 130 (3,48) 190 (5,09) 250 (6,70) 580 (15,5) 710 (19,0) 990 (26,5) 1130 (30,3) 1280 (34,3) 1330 (35,6) 190 (5,09) 270 (7,24) 450 (12,1) 630 (16,9) 860 (23,0) 1050 (28,1) 230 (6,16) 700 (18,8) 900 (24,1) 420 (11,3) 610 (16,3) 790 (21,2) 460 (12,3) 680 (18,2) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 120 (3,22) 190 (5,09) 200 (5,36) 220 (5,90) 490 (13,1) 600 (16,1) 670 (18,0) 790 (21,2) 840 (22,5) 1060 (28,4) 160 (4,29) 220 (5,90) 400 (10,7) 540 (14,5) 720 (19,3) (26,8) 190 (5,09) 440 (11,8) 660 (17,7) 940 (25,2) 310 (8,31) 520 (13,9) 760 (20,4) 400 (10,7) 600 (16,1) - Shaded areas indicate maximum allowable inlet pressure is exceeded. 1. Deviation from setpoint is -1 to 2-inches w.c. (-2 to 5 mbar). - continued - Regulator Tip Most soft-seated regulators will maintain the pressure within reasonable limits down to zero flow. Therefore, a regulator sized for a high flow rate will usually have a turndown ratio sufficient to handle pilot-light loads during off cycles. 317

80 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1 (25) OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 1 to 2.5-inches w.c. (2 to 6 mbar) 1B Orange 2.5 to 7-inches w.c. (6 to 17 mbar) 1B Red Table 6. Types Y690 and Y690M apacities (continued) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 2.5-inches w.c. (6 mbar) 2.5-inches w.c. (6 mbar) 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) INLET PRESSURE, Psig (bar) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) 2 (0,14) 5 (0,34) 10 (0,69) 20 (1,4) 40 (2,8) 60 (4,1) 80 (5,5) 125 (8,6) 150 (10,3) apacities in SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR (1) Orifice Size, Inches (mm) 1/8 (3,2) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3) 110 (2,95) 190 (5,09) 240 (6,43) 350 (9,38) 650 (17,4) 960 (25,7) 1170 (31,4) 1300 (34,8) 1370 (36,7) 1420 (38,1) 120 (3,22) 200 (5,36) 240 (6,43) 350 (9,38) 600 (16,1) 940 (25,2) 1170 (31,4) 1300 (34,8) 1390 (37,3) 1510 (40,5) 110 (2,95) 180 (4,82) 260 (6,97) 320 (8,58) 580 (15,5) 880 (23,6) 1010 (27,1) 1200 (32,2) 1280 (34,3) 1400 (37,5) 100 (2,68) 170 (4,56) 250 (6,70) 300 (8,04) 510 (13,7) (20,1) (26,8) 1200 (32,2) 1280 (34,3) 1400 (37,5) 100 (2,68) 170 (4,56) 200 (5,36) 280 (7,50) 400 (10,7) 570 (15,3) 650 (17,4) (20,1) 860 (23,0) 1130 (30,3) 310 (8,31) 350 (9,38) 800 (21,4) 930 (24,9) 1120 (30,0) 290 (7,77) 350 (9,38) 740 (19,8) 900 (24,1) 1230 (33,0) 130 (3,48) 300 (8,04) 600 (16,1) 660 (17,7) 970 (26,0) 1300 (34,8) 150 (4,02) 300 (8,04) 530 (14,2) 660 (17,7) 970 (26,0) 1300 (34,8) 150 (4,02) 300 (8,04) 380 (10,2) 610 (16,3) 780 (20,9) 1300 (34,8) 460 (12,3) 990 (26,5) 1120 (30,0) 1320 (35,4) 340 (9,11) 740 (19,8) 940 (25,2) 1250 (33,5) 270 (7,24) 590 (15,8) 800 (21,4) 1140 (30,6) 200 (5,36) 560 (15,0) 710 (19,0) 1010 (27,1) 200 (5,36) 430 (11,5) 580 (15,5) 780 (20,9) 480 (12,9) 1100 (29,5) 1520 (40,7) 470 (12,6) 930 (24,9) 1240 (33,2) 470 (12,6) 760 (20,4) 1080 (28,9) 440 (11,8) 560 (15,0) 840 (22,5) 370 (9,92) 530 (14,2) 830 (22,2) 950 (25,5) 1140 (30,6) 790 (21,2) 1140 (30,6) 630 (16,9) 860 (23,0) 670 (18,0) 390 (10,5) 660 (17,7) - Shaded areas indicate maximum allowable inlet pressure is exceeded. 1. Deviation from setpoint is -1 to 2-inches w.c. (-2 to 5 mbar). 318

81 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 7. Types Y690H and Y690HM apacities OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, ONTROL SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR OFFSET FROM SETPOINT OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING INLET PRESSURE, 3/4-INH (DN 20) BODY SIZE Orifice Size, Inches (mm) apacities in SFH (Nm 3 /h) of ir 1/8 (3,2) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3) 1 (0,069) 70 (1,88) 180 (4,82) 190 (5,09) 320 (8,58) 340 (9,11) 5 (0,34) 170 (4,56) 350 (9,38) 380 (10,2) 400 (10,7) (20,1) 5 to 10-inches w.c. (12 to 25 mbar) 1B Red 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 8 (0,55) 180 (4,82) 410 (11,0) 420 (11,3) 460 (12,3) 20 (1,4) 400 (10,7) 480 (12,9) 35 (2,4) 510 (13,7) 650 (17,4) 700 (18,8) 75 (5,2) 600 (16,1) 740 (19,8) 150 (10,3) 1300 (34,8) 1 (0,069) 70 (1,88) 120 (3,22) 150 (4,02) 180 (4,82) 190 (5,09) 5 (0,34) 120 (3,22) 220 (5,90) 270 (7,24) 410 (11,0) 580 (15,5) 7 to 15-inches w.c. (17 to 37 mbar) 1B Olive drab 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 11-inches w.c. (27 mbar) 8 (0,55) 130 (3,48) 330 (8,84) 350 (9,38) 420 (11,3) 20 (1,4) 270 (7,24) 460 (12,3) 470 (12,6) 35 (2,4) 400 (10,7) 480 (12,9) 75 (5,2) 730 (19,6) 150 (10,3) 1300 (34,8) 2 (0,14) 70 (1,88) 390 (10,5) 700 (18,8) 850 (22,8) 890 (23,9) 6 (0,41) 190 (5,09) 720 (19,3) 1270 (34,0) 1630 (43,7) 15-inches w.c. (37 mbar) 10 (0,69) 260 (6,97) 1070 (28,7) 1500 (40,2) 30 (2,1) 530 (14,2) 1850 (49,6) 1900 (50,9) 0.5 to 1.2 psig (34 to 83 mbar) 1B Yellow 5.5-inches w.c. (14 mbar) 60 (4,1) 900 (24,1) 2700 (72,4) 150 (10,3) 1990 (53,3) 2 (0,14) 70 (1,88) 320 (8,58) 470 (12,6) 630 (16,9) 540 (14,5) 6 (0,41) 190 (5,09) 540 (14,5) (26,8) 1100 (29,5) 1.2 psig (83 mbar) 10 (0,69) 240 (6,43) 790 (21,2) 1100 (29,5) 30 (2,1) 520 (13,9) 1600 (42,9) 1880 (50,4) 60 (4,1) 880 (23,6) 2600 (69,7) 150 (10,3) 1920 (51,5) - Shaded areas indicate inlet pressure is too high for orifice size. - continued - 319

82 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 7. Types Y690H and Y690HM apacities (continued) 3/4-INH (DN 20) BODY SIZE OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, ONTROL SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR OFFSET FROM SETPOINT OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING INLET PRESSURE, Orifice Size, Inches (mm) apacities in SFH (Nm 3 /h) of ir 1/8 (3,2) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3) 2 (0,14) 90 (2,41) 170 (4,56) 270 (7,24) 380 (10,2) 400 (10,7) 6 (0,41) 140 (3,75) 350 (9,38) 570 (15,3) 660 (17,7) 830 (22,2) 1.2 psig (83 mbar) 10 (0,69) 150 (4,02) 460 (12,3) 780 (20,9) 910 (24,4) 30 (2,1) 430 (11,5) 1200 (32,2) 1330 (35,6) 1.2 to 2.5 psig (83 to 172 mbar) 1B Light green 0.2 psig (14 mbar) 60 (4,1) 670 (18) 1920 (51,5) 1810 (48,5) 150 (10,3) 1540 (41,3) 3960 (106,0) 6 (0,41) 100 (2,68) 200 (5,36) 350 (9,38) 460 (12,3) 530 (14,2) 10 (0,69) 130 (3,48) 380 (10,2) 440 (11,8) 670 (18,0) 2.5 psig (172 mbar) 30 (2,1) 330 (8,84) 760 (20,4) 800 (21,4) 60 (4,1) 580 (15,5) 1500 (40,2) 1740 (46,6) 150 (10,3) 1150 (30,8) 2600 (69,7) 4 (0,28) 110 (2,95) 150 (4,02) 240 (6,43) 290 (7,77) 370 (9,92) 8 (0,55) 110 (2,95) 280 (7,50) 400 (10,7) 550 (14,7) 620 (16,6) 2.5 psig (172 mbar) 12 (0,83) 150 (4,02) 380 (10,2) 530 (14,2) 720 (19,3) 30 (2,1) 330 (8,84) 700 (18,8) 860 (23,0) 2.5 to 4.5 psig (172 mbar to 0,3 bar) 1B Light blue 0.3 psig (21 mbar) 60 (4,1) 510 (13,7) 1340 (35,9) 1420 (38,1) 150 (10,3) 1220 (32,7) 3580 (95,9) 8 (0,55) 90 (2,41) 190 (5,09) 310 (8,31) 400 (10,7) 420 (11,3) 4.5 psig (0,3 bar) 12 (0,83) 120 (3,22) 250 (6,70) 410 (11,0) 560 (15,0) 30 (2,1) 230 (6,16) 590 (15,8) 640 (17,2) 60 (4,1) 460 (12,3) 950 (25,5) 1040 (27,9) 150 (10,3) 950 (25,5) 2800 (78,0) 9 (0,62) 150 (4,02) 330 (8,84) 480 (12,9) 720 (19,3) 770 (20,6) 4.5 to 7 psig (0,3 to 0,5 bar) 1B Black 0.7 psig (48 mbar) 4.5 psig (0,3 bar) 7 psig (0,5 bar) 12 (0,83) 160 (4,29) 430 (11,5) 630 (16,9) 890 (23,9) 30 (2,1) 400 (10,7) 850 (22,8) 1400 (37,5) 60 (4,1) 670 (18,0) 1590 (42,6) 2100 (56,3) 150 (10,3) 1520 (40,7) 3910 (105) 9 (0,62) 120 (3,22) 210 (5,63) 400 (10,7) 480 (12,9) 510 (13,7) 12 (0,83) 150 (4,02) 290 (7,77) 670 (18,0) 30 (2,1) 300 (8,04) 700 (18,8) 1030 (27,6) 60 (4,1) 620 (16,6) 1330 (35,6) 1900 (50,9) 150 (10,3) 1480 (39,7) 3140 (84,2) - Shaded areas indicate inlet pressure is too high for orifice size. - continued - 320

83 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Table 7. Types Y690H and Y690HM apacities (continued) 1-INH (dn 25) BODY SIZE OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE, ONTROL SPRING PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR OFFSET FROM SETPOINT OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING INLET PRESSURE, Orifice Size, Inches (mm) apacities in SFH (Nm 3 /h) of ir 1/8 (3,2) 1/4 (6,4) 3/8 (9,5) 1/2 (12,7) 9/16 (14,3) 1 (0,069) 70 (1,88) 190 (5,09) 230 (6,16) 320 (8,58) 410 (11,0) 5 (0,34) 170 (4,56) 350 (9,38) 880 (23,6) 1470 (39,4) 1490 (39,9) 5 to 10-inches w.c. (12 to 25 mbar) 1B Red 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 8 (0,55) 180 (4,82) 410 (11,0) 1660 (44,5) 1830 (49,0) 20 (1,4) 400 (10,7) 1400 (37,5) 910 (24,4) (1) 35 (2,4) 550 (14,7) 1780 (47,7) (1) 720 (19,3) (1) 75 (5,2) 800 (21,4) 1080 (28,9) (1) 150 (10,3) 1300 (34,8) (1) 1 (0,069) 70 (1,88) 130 (3,48) 160 (4,29) 180 (4,82) 190 (5,09) 5 (0,34) 120 (3,22) 240 (6,43) 400 (10,7) 480 (12,9) 900 (24,1) 7 to 15-inches w.c. (17 to 37 mbar) 1B Olive drab 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 11-inches w.c. (27 mbar) 8 (0,55) 130 (3,48) 330 (8,84) 900 (24,1) 1130 (30,3) 20 (1,4) 270 (7,24) 600 (16,1) 1260 (33,8) 35 (2,4) 430 (11,5) 1400 (37,5) 920 (24,7) (1) 75 (5,2) 950 (25,5) 1170 (31,4) (1) 150 (10,3) 1350 (36,2) 2 (0,14) 70 (1,88) 390 (10,5) 850 (22,8) 900 (24,1) 1120 (30,0) 6 (0,41) 190 (5,09) 720 (19,3) 1940 (52,0) 2170 (58,2) 15-inches w.c. (37 mbar) 10 (0,69) 260 (6,97) 1230 (33,0) 2520 (67,5) 30 (2,1) 530 (14,2) 2190 (58,7) 4230 (113) 0.5 to 1.2 psig (34 to 83 mbar) 1B Yellow 5.5-inches w.c. (14 mbar) 60 (4,1) 900 (24,1) 3580 (95,9) 150 (10,3) 1990 (53,3) 2 (0,14) 70 (1,88) 360 (9,65) 850 (22,8) 900 (24,1) (26,8) 6 (0,41) 190 (5,09) 540 (14,5) 1200 (32,2) 1290 (34,6) 1.2 psig (83 mbar) 10 (0,69) 250 (6,7) 790 (21,2) 2070 (55,5) 30 (2,1) 520 (13,9) 1980 (53,1) 3560 (95,4) 60 (4,1) 880 (23,6) 3250 (87,1) 150 (10,3) 1990 (53,3) 1. Indicates capacity limited due to boost. - Shaded areas indicate inlet pressure is too high for orifice size. 321

84 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators FLNGED 1/4-INH NPT VENT NPT 5.56 (141) a 14 (356) b 1/2-INH NPT ONTROL LINE ONNETION 8.38 (213) d F g 13B6966_B INHES (mm) Figure 4. Dimensions Table 8. Dimensions and Shipping Weight Body Size, Inches (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) Ductile Iron Stainless Steel or Hastelloy Ductile Iron B Stainless Steel or Hastelloy D F G pproximate Shipping Weight, Pounds (kg) 4.00 (102) 4.12 (105) 2.12 (54) 2.25 (57) 6.19 (157) (257) 1.53 (39) 19 (8,6) 322

85 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide Type (Select One) Y690 (internal registration)*** Y690H (high pressure with internal registration)*** Y690M (external registration)*** Body Size (Select One) 3/4-inch (DN 20)*** 1-inch (DN 25)*** Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) Ductile Iron Body NPT*** F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** L150 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40** Hastelloy L150 RF (1-inch (DN 25) only)* Spring ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** F8M Stainless steel*** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** F8M Stainless steel*** Hastelloy * Trim Material (Select One) 303 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Nitrile (NBR) with PTFE Protector** Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** PTFE** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Orifice Size (Select One) 1/8-inch (3,2 mm)*** 1/4-inch (6,4 mm)*** 3/8-inch (9,5 mm)*** Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) Types Y690 and Y690M 1 to 2.5-inches w.c. (2 to 6 mbar)*** 2.5 to 7-inches w.c. (6 to 17 mbar)*** Types Y690H and Y690HM 5 to 10-inches w.c. (12 to 25 mbar)*** 7 to 15-inches w.c. (17 to 37 mbar)*** 0.5 to 1.2 psig (34 to 83 mbar)*** 1.2 to 2.5 psig (83 to 172 mbar)*** 2.5 to 4.5 psig (172 mbar to 0,3 bar)*** 4.5 to 7 psig (0,3 to 0,5 bar)*** - continued - 1/2-inch (12,7 mm)*** 9/16-inch (14,3 mm)*** 323

86 Y690 Series Pressure Reducing Regulators Ordering Guide (continued) NE Required Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: No 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 324

87 Y690VB Series Vacuum Breakers Introduction The Y690VB Series vacuum breakers are used in applications where an increase in vacuum must be limited. When there is an increase in vacuum (decrease in pressure) beyond the setpoint on the diaphragm, it moves the disk away from the seat. This permits atmosphere or a positive pressure to enter the system and restore the controlled vacuum to its original vacuum pressure setting. The Type Y690VBM has a control line connection and O-ring stem seal for external pressure registration. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow oefficients 1/4-inch (6,4 mm) Orifice: g : 50 v : : 35 1/2-inch (12,7 mm) Orifice: g : 200 v : : 35 K m : 0.79 IE Sizing oefficients X T : 0.78 F D : 0.50 F L : 0.89 Pressure Registration Type Y690VB: Internal Type Y690VBM: External Features Maximum llowable Inlet Pressure 150 psig (10,3 bar) Maximum llowable Outlet (asing) Pressure Full Vacuum Vacuum ontrol Pressure Ranges 0 to 5 psig (0 to 0,3 bar) in four ranges See Table 3 Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20 to 275 F (-29 to 135 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): -20 to 300 F (-29 to 149 ) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: vacuum pump W7292 Figure 1. Type Y690VB Vacuum Breaker vacuum being limited Precision ontrol of Low Pressure Settings ompact Design Rugged onstruction b2583 Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) BODY MTERIL Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Hastelloy NPT NPT, SWE, L150 RF, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF (1-inch (DN 25) size only) INLET PRESSURE ONTROL PRESSURE (VUUM) TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Figure 2. Type Y690VB Operational Schematic TMOSPHERE OR POSITIVE PRESSURE Table 2. onstruction Materials BODY SPRING SE DIPHRGM SE TRIM DIPHRGM DISK Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Ductile iron or F8M Stainless steel Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy 303 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) bonded Nitrile (NBR) Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), PTFE, or Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) 325

88 Y690VB Series Vacuum Breakers Vacuum ontrol Pressure Range (1)(2) Table 3. Vacuum ontrol Pressure Ranges hange in vacuum to Wide-open 1/4-inch (6,4 mm) Orifice 1/2-inch (12,7 mm) Orifice Spring Part Number spring color spring wire diameter 0 to 4-inches w.c. (0 to 10 mbar) 0.6-inches w.c. (1,5 mbar) 1.3-inches w.c. (3 mbar) 0N Unpainted inches (1,6 mm) 0 to 1.0 psig (0 to 69 mbar) 10-inches w.c. (25 mbar) 0.7 psig (48 mbar) 0N Unpainted inches (3,18 mm) 0 to 2.1 psig (0 to 145 mbar) 1.2 psig (83 mbar) 2.4 psig (165 mbar) 0N Yellow inches (4,37 mm) 0 to 5 psig (0 to 0,3 bar) 3.2 psig (221 mbar) 6.3 psig (0,4 bar) 1D Dark blue inches (5,26 mm) 1. Spring ranges based on atmospheric inlet pressure. 2. To convert to inches H g, multiply psig value by Table 4. apacities SPRING RNGE, PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR (1)(2) Vacuum ontrol Setting ORIFIE SIZE 0 to 4-inches w.c. (0 to 10 mbar) 0N Unpainted 0 to 1.0 psig (0 to 69 mbar) 0N Unpainted 0 to 2.1 psig (0 to 145 mbar) 0N Yellow 0 to 5 psig (0 to 0,3 bar) 1D Dark blue 1. Spring ranges based on atmospheric inlet pressure. 2. To convert to inches H g, multiply psig value by inches w.c. (5 mbar) 0.5 psig (34 mbar) 2 psig (138 mbar) 4 psig (276 mbar) HNGE IN VUUM TO WIDE-OPEN capacities in scfh (nm 3 /h) of air 1/4-inch (6,4 mm ) 0.6-inches w.c. (1,5 mbar) 110 (2,95) 1/2-inch (12,7 mm) 1.3-inches w.c. (3 mbar) 486 (13,0) 1/4-inch (6,4 mm ) 10-inches w.c. (25 mbar) 293 (7,85) 1/2-inch (12,7 mm) 0.7 psig (48 mbar) 1382 (37,0) 1/4-inch (6,4 mm ) 1.2 psig (83 mbar) 524 (14,0) 1/2-inch (12,7 mm) 2.4 psig (165 mbar) 2353 (63,1) 1/4-inch (6,4 mm ) 3.2 psig (221 mbar) 682 (18,3) 1/2-inch (12,7 mm) 6.3 psig (0,4 bar) 2910 (78,0) 5.56 (141) b 14 (356) 8.38 (213) DIMETER F D G INHES (mm) B2441 Figure 3. Dimensions Body Size, Inches (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) Ductile Iron NPT Table 5. Dimensions and Shipping Weight DIMENSIONS IN INHES (mm) B D F G Hastelloy or Stainless Steel NPT Flanged Ductile Iron Hastelloy or Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Hastelloy or Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Hastelloy or Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Hastelloy or Stainless Steel pproximate Shipping Weight, Pounds (kg) 4 (102) 4.12 (105) 14 (356) 2.12 (54) 2.25 (57) 6.18 (157) 6.18 (157) (263) (263) 1.53 (39) 1.53 (39) 19 (8,62) 326

89 Y690VB Series Vacuum Breakers Ordering Guide Body Size (Select One) 3/4-inch (DN 20) 1-inch (DN 25) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) Ductile Iron Body NPT*** F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** L150 RF** PN 16/25/40* Hastelloy L150 RF* Spring ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** F8M Stainless steel*** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** F8M Stainless steel*** Hastelloy * Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Nitrile (NBR) with PTFE protector** Trim Material (Select One) 303 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* PTFE* Vacuum ontrol Pressure Range (Select One) 0 to 4-inches w.c. (0 to 10 mbar)*** 0 to 1.0 psig (0 to 69 mbar)*** 0 to 2.1 psig (0 to 145 mbar)*** 0 to 5 psig (0 to 0,3 bar)*** Pressure Registration (Select One) Internal*** External*** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Vacuum Specification Worksheet pplication Specifications: Tank Size Pump In Rate Pump Out Rate Blanketing Gas (Type and Specific Gravity) Pressure Requirements: Upstream Pressure Downstream Pressure ontrol Pressure: Upstream Maximum Flow Downstream Special Material Requirements: Iron Steel Stainless Steel Hastelloy Other Other Requirements: 327

90 Type Y692 Pressure Reducing Regulator Introduction Maximum Inlet Pressure The Type Y692 is a direct-operated regulator used for accurate pressure control on very low-pressure blanketing systems. Downstream pressure is sensed through a pitot tube installed in the lower casing of the regulator, thus no external control line is required. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow and Sizing oefficients See Table 2 Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): -20º to 300ºF (-29º to 149º) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20 to 200 F (-29 to 93 ) Silicone (VMQ): -40 to 400 F (-40 to 204 ) 150 psig (10,3 bar) Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressures Operating: 3 psig (207 mbar) above outlet pressure setting Emergency: 15 psig (1 bar) Outlet Pressure Ranges 1-inch w.c. to 10 psig (2 mbar to 0,7 bar) in seven ranges See Table 4 Pressure Registration Internal dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: w5930 Figure 1. Type Y692 Pressure Reducing Regulator Features In-Line Inspection and Maintenance ccuracy of ontrol Speed of Response Ease of Installation NE onstruction vailable pitot tube for internal registration Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) BODY MTERIL ast Iron Steel or Stainless Steel Hastelloy 1-1/2 (40) NPT NPT, SWE, L150 RF, L300 RF, or 2 (50) NPT or L125 FF PN 16/25/40 NPT, L150 RF, or L300 RF 5993 INLET PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE atmospheri PRESSURE Figure 2. Type Y692 Operational Schematic (Note: Body-to-casing orientation is fixed as shown due to internal registration.) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) ORIFIE DIMETER, INHES (mm) Table 2. Flow and Sizing oefficients WIDE-OPEN coefficients (FOR RELIEF VLVE SIZING) 1 k m IE SIZING OEFFIIENTS Wide-open v Wide-open g X T F D F L 1-1/2 or 2 (40 or 50) 1/4 (6,35) 3/8 (9,53) 1/2 (12,7) 3/4 (19,1) 1 (25,4) 1-3/16 (30,2)

91 Type Y692 Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 3. onstruction Materials BODY DIPHRGM SE SPRING SE DIPHRGM Trim DISK ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Silicone 302 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Neoprene, Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Table 4. Outlet Pressure Ranges OUTLET PRESSURE RNGES, Spring PRT NUMBER Spring OLOR SPRING DIMETER, Inches (mm) 1 to 3-inches w.c. 3 to 11-inches w.c. 6.5-inches w.c. to 1.2 psig 0.7 to 2 1 to to to 10 (2 to 7 mbar) (1)(2) (7 to 27 mbar) (1)(2) (16 to 83 mbar) (1) (48 to 138 mbar) (69 to 221 mbar) (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) (276 mbar to 0,7 bar) 1D B B B Y H Brown Iridite Green Blue Orange Unpainted with green stripe Unpainted 1. Install with spring case pointing down to achieve low setpoints in these spring ranges. When installed with spring case pointing up, the spring range increases by 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar). 2. Do not use Fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm with these springs at diaphragm temperatures lower than 60 F (16 ) (2,77) (3,76) (4,75) (5,72) (6,35) (9,22) (10,3) 5.88 (149) 8.94 (227) 1/4-INH NPT DOWNSTREM ONTROL LINE ONNETION (264) 2.94 (75) 13b6997_ (443) NPT dimensions 8.94 (227) Table 5. Flange Dimensions dimensions, inches (mm) a ast Iron Steel, Stainless Steel, and Hastelloy 10 (254) 14 (356) (443) (264) INHES (mm) 13b8843a Flanged Dimensions Figure 3. Dimensions 329

92 Type Y692 Pressure Reducing Regulator Table 6. apacities for 1-1/2-Inch (DN 40) Body OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE ND URY OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING INLET PRESSURE, Psig (bar) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Diameter, Inches (mm) 1/4 (6,35) 3/8 (9,53) 1/2 (12,7) 3/4 (19,1) 1 (25,4) 1-3/16 (30,2) 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2 to 7 mbar) -1 to 2-inches w.c. (-2 to 5 mbar) 3 to 11-inches w.c. (7 to 27 mbar) -1 to 2-inches w.c. (-2 to 5 mbar) 0.7 to 2 psig (48 to 138 mbar) 0.2 psig (14 mbar) 1 to 3.2 psig (69 to 221 mbar) 0.6 psig (41 mbar) 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 1.5 psig (103 mbar) 3 psig (207 mbar) (0,14) (0,34) (0,69) (1,4) (2,8) (4,1) (5,5) (6,9) (8,6) (10,3) (0,14) (0,34) (0,69) (1,4) (2,8) (4,1) (5,5) (6,9) (8,6) (10,3) (0,034) (0,069) (0,14) (0,34) (0,9) (1,7) (3,4) (6,9) (10,3) (0,14) (0,41) (0,97) (2,1) (3,4) (10,3) (0,21) (0,48) (0,97) (2,1) (3,4) (10,3) (9,51) (18,0) (27,2) (41,7) (66,0) (90,0) (114) (119) (119) (119) (9,51) (18,0) (27,2) (41,7) (66,0) (90,0) (114) (119) (119) (119) (8,71) (12,4) (20,3) (33,5) (48,8) (80,2) (142) (161) (25,6) (41,2) (62,0) (95,6) (95,6) (95,6) (25,6) (41,2) (62,0) (95,6) (95,6) (95,6) (16,6) (25,1) (41,7) (68,4) (108) (161) (161) (161) (20,8) (45,9) (83,3) (129) (188) (476) (40,9) (62,6) (119) (185) (455) (46,2) (73,9) (111) (129) (129) (46,2) (73,9) (111) (129) (129) (23,0) (34,3) (66,5) (129) (161) (161) (161) (161) (33,3) (72,9) (133) (212) (317) (62,6) (97,7) (195) (284) (86,6) (102) (102) (97,7) (86,6) (102) (102) (97,7) (25,1) (35,4) (59,7) (160) (161) (161) (161) (161) (54,1) (125) (250) (353) (104) (185) (308) (125) (96,3) (96,3) (125) (96,3) (96,3) (31,1) (47,8) (83,4) (161) (161) (161) (161) (70,2) (179) (330) (64,7) (135) (197) (96,3) (75,0) (96,3) (75,0) (35,1) (60,5) (125) (161) (161) (85,0) (199) (75,0) (167) 2 to 5.5 psig (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) 0.5 psig (34 mbar) 2 to 5.5 psig (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) 1 psig (69 mbar) 4 to 10 psig (276 mbar to 0,7 bar) 1 psig (69 mbar) 4 to 10 psig (276 mbar to 0,7 bar) 2 psig (138 mbar) 5 psig (0,3 bar) 5 psig (0,3 bar) 10 psig (0,7 bar) 10 psig (0,7 bar) (0,14) (0,69) (1,0) (1,4) (2,4) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (0,69) (1,0) (1,4) (2,4) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (1,0) (1,4) (1,7) (2,8) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (1,0) (1,4) (1,7) (2,8) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (9,51) (15,6) (20,8) (25,1) (37,5) (58,3) (72,9) (93,7) (25,1) (31,1) (36,4) (52,0) (83,4) (108) (135) (18,7) (24,9) (29,1) (47,8) (62,3) (72,7) (93,5) (27,0) (33,2) (41,5) (60,2) (78,9) (106) (135) (25,6) (25,1) (27,2) (36,4) (52,0) (77,1) (91,6) (135) (39,6) (49,9) (58,1) (87,4) (140) (169) (229) (27,0) (36,3) (43,6) (58,2) (83,1) (93,5) (137) (45,7) (56,1) (70,6) (104) (141) (172) (228) (46,2) (31,1) (41,7) (58,1) (77,1) (125) (150) (54,1) (72,9) (100) (135) (208) (271) (35,3) (51,9) (58,2) (76,9) (123) (150) (66,5) (89,3) (99,7) (139) (228) (270) (86,6) (47,8) (62,6) (77,1) (106) (85,3) (108) (135) (204) (47,8) (68,6) (83,1) (125) (95,6) (135) (170) (228) (125) (58,1) (75,0) (87,4) (108) (146) (167) (66,5) (83,1) (106) (125) (166) (187) (96,3) (62,6) (87,4) (121) (167) (78,9) (120) (166) (208) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded. 330

93 Type Y692 Pressure Reducing Regulator OUTLET PRESSURE RNGE ND URY 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2 to 7 mbar) -1 to 2-inches w.c. (-2 to 5 mbar) 3 to 11-inches w.c. (7 to 27 mbar) -1 to 2-inches w.c. (-2 to 5 mbar) 6.5-inches w.c. to 1.2 psig (16 to 83 mbar) or 0.75 to 2 psig (52 to 138 mbar) 0.2 psig (14 mbar) 1 to 3.2 psig (69 to 221 mbar) 0.6 psig (41 mbar) 2 to 5.5 psig (138 mbar to 0,4 bar) 0.5 psig (34 mbar) 2 to 5.5 psig (138 mbar to 0,38 bar) 1 psig (69 mbar) 4 to 10 psig (276 mbar to 0,7 bar) 1 psig (69 mbar) 4 to 10 psig (276 mbar to 0,7 bar) 2 psig (138 mbar) OUTLET PRESSURE SETTING 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 1 psig (69 mbar) 3 psig (207 mbar) 5 psig (0,3 bar) 5 psig (0,3 bar) 10 psig (0,7 bar) 10 psig (0,7 bar) INLET PRESSURE, Psig (bar) Table 7. apacities for 2-Inch (DN 50) Body (0,14) (0,34) (0,69) (1,4) (2,8) (4,1) (5,5) (6,9) (8,6) (10,3) (0,14) (0,34) (0,69) (1,4) (2,8) (4,1) (5,5) (6,9) (8,6) (10,3) (0,034) (0,069) (0,14) (0,34) (0,9) (1,7) (3,4) (6,9) (10,3) (0,14) (0,41) (0,97) (2,1) (3,4) (10,3) (0,21) (0,48) (0,97) (2,1) (3,4) (10,3) (0,69) (1,0) (1,4) (2,4) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (0,69) (1,0) (1,4) (2,4) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (1,0) (1,4) (1,7) (2,8) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) (1,0) (1,4) (1,7) (2,8) (4,1) (5,2) (6,9) PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR Orifice Diameter, Inches (mm) 1/4 (6,35) 3/8 (9,53) 1/2 (12,7) 3/4 (19,1) 1 (25,4) 1-3/16 (30,2) (8,44) (18,0) (27,2) (41,7) (66,0) (90,0) (96,3) (96,3) (96,3) (96,3) (8,44) (18,0) (27,2) (41,7) (66,0) (90,0) (96,3) (96,3) (96,3) (96,3) (8,71) (12,4) (20,3) (33,5) (48,8) (80,2) (142) (208) (15,6) (20,8) (25,1) (37,5) (58,3) (72,9) (93,7) (25,1) (31,1) (36,4) (52,0) (83,4) (108) (135) (18,7) (24,9) (29,1) (47,8) (62,3) (72,7) (93,5) (27,0) (33,2) (41,5) (60,2) (78,9) (106) (135) (24,5) (41,2) (62,0) (95,6) (117) (117) (24,5) (41,2) (62,0) (95,6) (117) (117) (16,6) (25,1) (41,7) (68,4) (108) (177) (208) (208) (27,2) (52,0) (89,5) (135) (188) (45,9) (87,4) (135) (198) (523) (25,1) (27,2) (36,4) (52,0) (77,1) (91,6) (135) (39,6) (49,9) (58,1) (54,1) (140) (169) (229) (27,0) (36,3) (43,6) (58,2) (83,1) (93,5) (137) (45,7) (56,1) (70,6) (104) (141) (172) (228) - Blank areas indicate where maximum operating inlet pressure for a given orifice is exceeded (46,2) (73,9) (111) (91,1) (91,1) (46,2) (73,9) (111) (91,1) (91,1) (23,0) (34,3) (66,5) (129) (190) (208) (208) (208) (35,4) (75,0) (135) (215) (317) (483) (68,6) (110) (209) (301) (31,1) (41,7) (58,1) (77,1) (125) (150) (54,1) (72,9) (100) (135) (208) (271) (35,3) (51,9) (58,2) (76,9) (123) (150) (66,5) (89,3) (99,7) (139) (228) (270) (106) (160) (96,3) (96,3) (106) (160) (96,3) (96,3) (25,1) (35,4) (59,7) (161) (208) (208) (208) (208) (64,7) (150) (281) (442) (125) (203) (382) (47,8) (62,6) (77,1) (106) (85,3) (108) (135) (204) (47,8) (68,6) (83,1) (125) (95,6) (135) (170) (228) (132) (122) (107) (132) (122) (107) (31,1) (47,8) (83,4) (208) (208) (208) (208) (85,3) (204) (356) (67,3) (155) (276) (58,1) (75,0) (77,1) (108) (146) (167) (66,5) (83,1) (106) (125) (166) (187) (157) (112) (157) (112) (35,1) (60,5) (125) (208) (208) (89,5) (231) (80,5) (188) (62,6) (87,4) (121) (167) (78,9) (120) (166) (208) 331

94 Type Y692 Pressure Reducing Regulator Ordering Guide Body Size (Select One) 1-1/2-inch (DN 40) 2-inch (DN 50) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron Hastelloy NPT*** NPT* L125 FF (2-inch (DN 50) body only)** L150 RF* L300 RF* W Steel F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Pressure Sensing Internal Sensing (only) Trim Material (Select One) 304 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * PTFE Diaphragm Protector (Optional) Yes To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Silicone (VMQ)** Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** PTFE** Neoprene** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Orifice Size (Select One) 1/4-inch (6,35 mm)*** 3/8-inch (9,53 mm)*** 1/2-inch (12,7 mm)*** Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2 to 7 mbar)*** 3 to 11-inches w.c. (7 to 27 mbar)*** 6.5-inches w.c. to 1.2 psig (16 to 83 mbar)*** 0.7 to 2 psig (48 to 138 mbar)*** 1 to 3.2 psig (69 to 221 mbar)*** 2 to 5.5 psig (138 mbar to 0,4 bar)*** 4 to 10 psig (276 mbar to 0,7 bar)*** NE Required Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% 3/4-inch (19,1 mm)*** 1-inch (25,4 mm)*** 1-3/16-inch (30,2 mm)*** Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 332

95 Y692VB Series Vacuum Breakers Introduction The Y692VB Series vacuum breakers are used in applications where an increase in vacuum must be limited. n increase in vacuum (decrease in absolute pressure) beyond a certain value registers on the diaphragm of the Y692VB Series, moving the disk away from the seat. This permits atmosphere or a positive pressure to enter the system and restore the controlled vacuum to its original pressure setting. The Type Y692VBM has a control line connection and O-ring stem seal to block the throat for external pressure registration. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow oefficients See Table 2 IE Sizing oefficients See Table 3 Pressure Registration Type Y692VB: Internal Type Y692VBM: External Maximum llowable Inlet Pressure 1-3/16-inch (30,2 mm) Orifice: 13 psig (0,9 bar) 3/4-inch (19,1 mm) Orifice: 30 psig (2,1 bar) Maximum Outlet (asing) Pressure 8 psig (0,55 bar) vacuum Vacuum ontrol Pressure Ranges 1-inch w.c. to 3 psig (2 to 207 mbar) in six ranges See Table 5 Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20 to 275 F (-29 to 135 ) Silicone (VMQ): -40 to 400 F (-40 to 204 ) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: vacuum pump W7429_2 Figure 1. Type Y692VB Vacuum Breaker vacuum being limited Features Precision ontrol of Low-Pressure Settings orrosion Resistance Tamper-Resistant djustment Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) ast Iron BODY MTERIL Steel or Stainless Steel Hastelloy b2579 inlet pressure control pressure (vacuum) atmospheric pressure TMOSPHERE OR POSITIVE PRESSURE 1-1/2 (40) NPT NPT, SWE, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 2 (50) NPT or L125 FF NPT or L150 RF Figure 2. Type Y692VB Vacuum Breaker Operational Schematic 333

96 Y692VB Series Vacuum Breakers ORIFIE SIZE, INHES (mm) 3/4 (19,1) 1-3/16 (30,2) Table 2. Flow oefficients Wide-Open g Wide-Open v 1 K m Table 3. IE Sizing oefficients X T F D F L Table 4. onstruction Materials BODY DIPHRGM SE SPRING SE DIPHRGM Trim DISK ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Silicone (VMQ) 302 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Neoprene (R), Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) Table 5. ontrol Pressure Ranges Vacuum ONTROL PRESSURE RNGE (1) change in vacuum control pressure to wide-open SPRING Part NUMBEr SPRING OLOR SPRING Wire diameter, inches (mm) 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2,5 to 7 mbar) (2) 1.2-inches w.c (3 mbar) 1D Brown (2,77) 1.5 to 5-inches w.c. (3 to 12 mbar) (2) 2.2-inches w.c (5 mbar) 1D Unpainted (3,05) 3 to 8-inches w.c. (7 to 20 mbar) (2) 4.0-inches w.c (9,9 mbar) 0B Purple (3,76) 8 to 16-inches w.c. (20 to 40 mbar) 5.0-inches w.c (13 mbar) 1B Gray (3,96) 16 to 32-inches w.c. (40 to 80 mbar) 10.5-inches w.c (26 mbar) 1B Unpainted (4,75) 0.25 to 3 psig (17 to 207 mbar) 2 psig (138 mbar) Black (6,99) 1. Pressure ranges are based on the spring case pointed up. Pointing the spring case down will increase the pressure range 1.7-inches w.c. (4 mbar). 2. Do not use fluoroelastomer with these springs at diaphragm temperatures lower than 40 F (4 ). Vacuum ONTROL PRESSURE RNGE Table 6. apacities Based on tmospheric Inlet Pressure vacuum ONTROL SETTING hange in Vacuum PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR 3/4-inch (19,1 mm) Orifice 1-3/16-inch (30,2 mm) Orifice 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2,5 to 7 mbar) 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 1-inch w.c. (2,5 mbar) 500 (13) (27) 1.5 to 5-inches w.c. (4 to 12 mbar) 4-inches w.c. (10 mbar) 1-inch w.c. (2,5 mbar) 700 (19) 1400 (38) 3 to 8-inches w.c. (7 to 20 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 1-inch w.c. (2,5 mbar) 900 (24) 1800 (48) 8 to 16-inches w.c. (20 to 40 mbar) 14-inches w.c. (35 mbar) 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 900 (24) 1800 (48) 16 to 32-inches w.c. (40 to 80 mbar) 28-inches w.c. (70 mbar) 6-inches w.c. (15 mbar) (27) 1900 (51) 0.25 to 3 psig (17 to 207 mbar) 2 psig (138 mbar) 0.4 psig (28 mbar) 1300 (35) 2500 (67) 5.88 (149) 8.94 (227) 14 (356) 1/4-INH NPT DOWNSTREM ONTROL LINE ONNETION (264) 2.94 (74,7) 13b8843_a 13b6997_ (443) NPT Dimensions Flanged Dimensions INHES (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions 334

97 Y692VB Series Vacuum Breakers Ordering Guide Type (Select One) Y692VB (internal registration)*** Y692VBM (external registration)*** Body Size (Select One) 1-1/2-inch (DN 40)*** 2-inch (DN 50)*** Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron NPT*** L125 FF*** W Steel Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Hastelloy NPT* L150 RF* To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Trim Material (Select One) 302 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Silicone (VMQ)* Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* PTFE* Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Neoprene (R)* Orifice Size (Select One) 3/4-inch (19,1 mm)*** 1-3/16-inch (30,2 mm) (standard)*** Vacuum ontrol Pressure Range (Select One) 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2,5 to 7,5 mbar)*** 1.5 to 5-inches w.c. (3,7 to 12 mbar)*** 3 to 8-inches w.c. (7,5 to 20 mbar)*** 8 to 16-inches w.c. (20 to 40 mbar)*** 16 to 32-inches w.c. (40 to 80 mbar)*** 0.25 to 3 psig (17 to 207 mbar)*** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Vacuum Specification Worksheet pplication Specifications: Tank Size Pump In Rate Pump Out Rate Blanketing Gas (Type and Specific Gravity) Pressure Requirements: Upstream Pressure Downstream Pressure ontrol Pressure: Maximum Flow Upstream Downstream Special Material Requirements: Iron Steel Stainless Steel Hastelloy Other Other Requirements: 335

98 Type Y695 Backpressure/Relief Valve Introduction The Type Y695 backpressure/relief valves are direct-operated and are used to maintain a constant inlet pressure or vessel pressure with the outlet flowing to atmosphere or to a system whose pressure is lower than the inlet. The Type Y695M has a blocked throat and O-ring stem seal to allow for external pressure registration. The lower diaphragm case is tapped 1/2-inch threaded NPT for control line connection. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow oefficients Wide-Open g : 120 Wide-Open v : : 35 K m : 0.79 IE Sizing oefficients X T : 0.78 F D : 0.53 F L : 0.89 Features Pressure Registration Type Y695: Internal Type Y695M: External Maximum Inlet Pressure 150 psig (10,3 bar) Relief Set Pressure Range 2-inches w.c. to 7 psig (5 mbar to 0,48 bar) in six ranges See Table 2 Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): -20º to 300ºF (-29º to 149º) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20º to 275ºF (-29º to 135º) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: B2574 w7381 inlet pressure outlet pressure atmospheric pressure Figure 1. Type Y695 Backpressure/Relief Valve Figure 2. Type Y695 Operational Schematic Ease of Inspection and Maintenance Precise ontrol Rugged onstruction Simplicity NE onstruction vailable Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZES, INHES (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) NPT BODY MTERIL Ductile Iron F8M Stainless Steel Hastelloy NPT, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF Table 2. ontrol Pressure Ranges RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE SPRING PRT NUMBER OLOR 2 to 7-inches w.c. 3 to 13-inches w.c. 10 to 26-inches w.c 0.9 to 2.5 psig 1.3 to 4.5 psig 3.8 to 7 psig (5 to 16 mbar) (1)(2) (7 to 33 mbar) (1)(2) (25 to 65 mbar) (62 to 172 mbar) (90 mbar to 0,31 bar) (262 mbar to 0,48 bar) 1B B B B B B Red Olive drab Yellow Light green Light blue Black 1. Spring ranges based on spring case installed pointed down. 2. Do not use fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm with these springs at diaphragm temperatures lower than 60 F (16 ). SPRING WIRE DIMETER, Inches (mm) (2,16) (2,67) (2,90) (3,96) (4,75) (5,54) FREE LENGTH, Inches (mm) (82,9) (95,3) (106) (103) (100) (101) Table 3. onstruction Materials BODY SPRING SE DIPHRGM SE DISK HOLDER DIPHRGM DISK Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Ductile iron or F8M Stainless steel Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy 316 Stainless steel or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Nitrile (NBR) with bonded Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), PTFE, or Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) 336

99 Type Y695 Backpressure/Relief Valve Table 4. apacities SPRING RNGE, PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR SET PRESSURE BUILDUP TO WIDE-OPEN travel VUUM OUTLET PRESSURE, PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR 2 to 7-inches w.c. (5 to 17 mbar) 1B Red 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 4-inches w.c. (10 mbar) 1.5-inches w.c. (4 mbar) 1.5-inches w.c. (4 mbar) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (7,40) (31,1) (40,1) (9,25) (31,7) (40,4) 3 to 13-inches w.c. (7 to 32 mbar) 1B Olive drab 10-inches w.c. (25 mbar) 2.3-inches w.c. (6 mbar) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (13,7) (33,0) (41,4) 10 to 26-inches w.c. (25 to 65 mbar) 1B Yellow 15-inches w.c. (37 mbar) 3.4-inches w.c. (8 mbar) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (16,9) (34,3) (42,2) 0.9 to 2.5 psig (62 to 172 mbar) 1B Light green 1 psig (69 mbar) 0.40 psig (28 mbar) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (24,8) (38,3) (45,4) 1.3 to 4.5 psig (90 mbar to 0,31 bar) 1B Light blue 2 psig (138 mbar) 0.88 psig (61 mbar) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (35,9) (45,7) (51,2) 3.8 to 7 psig (262 mbar to 0,48 bar) 1B Black 5 psig (0,35 bar) 1.66 psig (114 mbar) (0) (170 mbar) (0,35) (55,7) (61,5) (65,2) Table 5. Dimensions DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) Ductile Iron B D F G Stainless Steel or Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel or Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel or Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel or Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel or Hastelloy 4.0 (102) 4.12 (105) 2.12 (54) 2.25 (57) 6.19 (157) 6.19 (157) (264) (264) 1.69 (43) 1.69 (43) G F D 8.38 (213) DIMETER 14 (356) B 5.56 (141) B2441 INHES (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions 337

100 Type Y695 Backpressure/Relief Valve Ordering Guide Type (Select One) Y695 (Internal registration) Y695M (External registration) Body Size (Select One) 3/4-inch (DN 20) 1-inch (DN 25) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) Ductile Iron Body NPT*** F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** L150 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Hastelloy L150 RF* Ductile iron (standard with ductile iron bodies)*** F8M Stainless steel (standard with stainless steel or Hastelloy bodies)*** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron (standard with ductile iron bodies)*** F8M Stainless steel (standard with stainless steel bodies)*** Hastelloy * Trim Material (Select One) 304 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel*** Hastelloy * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Nitrile (NBR) with bonded PTFE** Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** PTFE** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* ontrol Pressure Range (Select One) 2 to 7-inches w.c. (5 to 17 mbar)*** 3 to 13-inches w.c. (7 to 32 mbar)*** 10 to 26-inches w.c. (25 to 65 mbar)*** 0.9 to 2.5 psig (62 to 172 mbar)*** 1.3 to 4.5 psig (90 mbar to 0,31 bar)*** 3.8 to 7 psig (262 mbar to 0,48 bar)*** NE Required Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 338

101 Y695VR Series Vacuum Regulators Introduction The Y695VR Series vacuum regulators are used where a decrease in vacuum must be limited. decrease in vacuum (increase in absolute pressure) on the diaphragm moves the disk away from the seat, allowing a higher vacuum source to return the system to the setpoint. The Type Y695VRM has a control line connection and blocked throat for external pressure registration. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Flow oefficients Wide-Open g : 120 Wide-Open v : : 35 K m : 0.79 IE Sizing oefficients X T : 0.78 F D : 0.53 F L : 0.89 Pressure Registration Type Y695VR: Internal Type Y695VRM: External Maximum ontrol Pressure Full Vacuum Maximum Downstream Pressure Full Vacuum Vacuum ontrol Pressure Range 0 to 12.8 psig (0 to 0,9 bar) in six ranges See Table 3 Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): -20 to 300 F (-29 to 149 ) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W7295 Figure 1. Type Y695VR Vacuum Regulator Vacuum Being ontrolled Features Precision ontrol of Low-Pressure Settings orrosion Resistant Materials Rugged onstruction Wide Material Selection Vacuum Pump Higher Vacuum source Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZES, INHES (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) BODY MTERIL Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Hastelloy NPT NPT, SWE, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 L150 RF B2582 INLET PRESSURE (ontrolled vacuum) outlet PRESSURE (VUUM source) TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Figure 2. Type Y695VR Operational Schematic Table 2. onstruction Materials BODY SPRING SE DIPHRGM SE Trim DIPHRGM DISK Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Ductile iron or F8M Stainless steel Ductile iron, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy 304 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR) or Fluoroelastomer (FKM) Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), or Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) 339

102 Y695VR Series Vacuum Regulators spring range, part number, and color spring wire diameter, inches (mm) Table 3. apacities and ontrol Spring Data maximum allowable vacuum, psig (bar) control pressure setting vacuum outlet vacuum, psig (bar) change in control pressure to wide-open capacities in scfh (nm 3 /h) of air 0 to 4-inches w.c. (1) (0 to 10 mbar) 0N Unpainted 0.05 to 0.75 psig (3 to 52 mbar) 0N Unpainted 0.15 to 1.75 psig (10 to 121 mbar) 0N Unpainted 0.25 to 2.75 psig (17 to 190 mbar) 0N Dark green 1.5 to 4.75 psig (103 mbar to 0,3 bar) 0N Yellow 3.0 to 12.8 psig (207 mbar to 0,9 bar) 1D Dark blue (1,57) (2,67) (3,17) (3,43) (4,37) (5,26) 5.1 (0,3) 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 7.5 (0,5) 1-inch w.c. (2 mbar) 1650 (44,2) 5.7 (0,4) 0.5 psig (34 mbar) 7.5 (0,5) 5.5-inches w.c. (14 mbar) 1614 (43,3) 6.5 (0,4) 1 psig (69 mbar) 7.5 (0,5) 0.44 psig (30 mbar) 1578 (42,3) 7.4 (0,5) 2 psig (138 mbar) 7.5 (0,5) 0.63 psig (43 mbar) 1464 (39,2) 9.2 (0,6) 4 psig (0,3 bar) 7.5 (0,5) 1.44 psig (99 mbar) 1290 (34,6) 12.0 (0,8) 9 psig (0,6 bar) 12.0 (0,8) 3.88 psig (268 mbar) 1140 (30,6) 1. Do not use Fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm with this spring at diaphragm temperatures lower than 60 F (16 ) (141) B 14 (356) 8.38 (213) DIMETER D B2441_1 F G INHES (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 3/4 or 1 (20 or 25) Ductile Iron NPT Table 4. Dimensions DIMENSIONS, INHES (mm) B D F G Stainless Steel NPT, Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel, Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel, Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel, Hastelloy Ductile Iron Stainless Steel, Hastelloy 4.00 (102) 4.12 (105) 2.12 (54) 2.25 (57) 6.19 (157) 6.19 (157) (264) (264) 1.69 (43) 1.69 (43) 340

103 Y695VR Series Vacuum Regulators Ordering Guide Type (Select One) Y696VR (internal registration)*** Y696VRM (external registration)** Body Size (Select One) 3/4-inch (DN 20)*** 1-inch (DN 25)*** Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) Ductile Iron Body NPT*** F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** L150 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40* Hastelloy L150 RF* Spring ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** F8M Stainless steel*** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) Ductile iron*** F8M Stainless steel*** Hastelloy * Trim Material (Select One) 304 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel*** Hastelloy * To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Vacuum ontrol Pressure Range (Select One) 0 to 4-inches w.c. (0 to 10 mbar)*** 0.05 to 0.75 psig (3 to 52 mbar)*** 0.15 to 1.75 psig (10 to 121 mbar)*** 0.25 to 2.75 psig (17 to 190 mbar)*** 1.5 to 4.75 psig (103 mbar to 0,3 bar)*** 3 to 12.8 psig (207 mbar to 0,9 bar)*** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Vacuum Specification Worksheet pplication Specifications: Tank Use Pump In Rate Pump Out Rate Blanketing Gas (Type and Specific Gravity) Pressure Requirements: Upstream Pressure Downstream Pressure ontrol Pressure: Upstream Maximum Flow Downstream Special Material Requirements: Iron Steel Stainless Steel Hastelloy Other Other Requirements: 341

104 Type Y696 Backpressure/Relief Valve Introduction Maximum Inlet Pressure The Type Y696 is a direct-operated backpressure/relief valve with internal registration requiring no control line. The Type Y696 is used to sense an increase in pressure and vent excessive pressure to atmosphere. 15 psig (1 bar) Relief Set Pressure Ranges 2-inches w.c. to 7 psig (5 mbar to 0,5 bar) in six ranges See Table 3 Body Sizes and End onnection Styles Pressure Registration See Table 1 Internal Flow oefficients Wide-Open g : 515 Wide-Open v : : 35 K m : 0.79 IE Sizing oefficients X T : 0.78 F D : 0.67 F L : 0.89 pproximate Shipping Weights ast Iron: 45 pounds (20 kg) Steel and Stainless Steel: 57 pounds (26 kg) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: w5996 Figure 1. Type Y696 Backpressure/Relief Valve Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): For Inches w.c. Setpoints: 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) For Psig Setpoints: 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20 to 275 F (-29 to 135 ) Silicone (VMQ): -40 to 400 F (-40 to 204 ) Features Ease of Inspection and Maintenance Precise ontrol Rugged onstruction Simplicity Low Setpoint NE onstruction vailable E0751 INLET PRESSURE outlet pressure TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1-1/2, 2 (40, 50) NPT Figure 2. Type Y696 Operational Schematic BODY MTERIL ast Iron Steel or Stainless Steel Hastelloy NPT, SWE, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 NPT or L150 RF Table 2. onstruction Materials BODY ND DIPHRGM SE SPRING SE DIPHRGM TRIM DISK DISK SPRING ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, or F8M Stainless steel Nitrile (NBR) or Fluoroelastomer (FKM); Silicone (VMQ), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) 304 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) 302 Stainless steel, or Inconel X 342

105 Type Y696 Backpressure/Relief Valve (443) (264) 2.25 (57) 7.06 (179) GUGE TP 1/4-INH NPT 7.00 (178) 2.94 (75) 5.88 (149) TYPE Y602 VENT (356) 8.94 (227) (302) B2441 ST IRON VENT LOTION 1/4-INH NPT ONNETION STEEL OR STINLESS STEEL 3/4-INH NPT VENT 5.19 (132) INHES (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions Table 3. Relief Set Pressure Ranges RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE SPRING PRT NUMBER SPRING OLOR SPRING WIRE DIMETER, INHES (mm) 2 to 5-inches w.c. (5 to 12 mbar) (1)(2) 5 to 15-inches w.c. (12 to 37 mbar) (1)(2) 0.3 to 1 psig (21 to 69 mbar) 1 to 2.8 psig (69 to 193 mbar) 2 to 3.5 psig (138 to 241 mbar) 4 to 7 psig (276 mbar to 0,5 bar) B B Y H Red Gray Green Orange Green Stripe Silver 1. Spring ranges based on spring case installed pointed down. When installed pointed up, spring range increases 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar). 2. Do not use Fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm with these springs at diaphragm temperatures lower than 60 F (16 ) (3,4) (4,0) (4,8) (6,4) (9,2) (10,3) RELIEF SET PRESSURE RNGE, PRT NUMBER, ND OLOR 2 to 5-inches w.c. (5 to 12 mbar) , Red 5 to 15-inches w.c. (12 to 37 mbar) 1B , Gray 0.3 to 1 psig (21 to 69 mbar) 0B , Green 1 to 2.8 psig (69 to193 mbar) , Orange 2 to 3.5 psig (138 to 241 mbar) 0Y , Green Stripe 4 to 7 psig (276 mbar to 0,5 bar) 1H , Silver Table 4. apacities with tmospheric Outlet RELIEF SET PRESSURE BUILDUP TO WIDE-OPEN travel PITIES IN SFH (nm 3 /h) OF IR With 1-Inch (25,4 mm) Orifice 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 2.6-inches w.c. (6 mbar) 1399 (37,5) 4-inches w.c. (10 mbar) 2.6-inches w.c. (6 mbar) 1655 (44,4) 15-inches w.c. (37 mbar) 3.9-inches w.c. (10 mbar) 2768 (74,2) 21-inches w.c. (52 mbar) 7.7-inches w.c. (19 mbar) 3457 (92,6) 2 psig (138 mbar) 0.83 psig (57 mbar) 5733 (154) 3 psig (207 mbar) 3.2 psig (221 mbar) 8658 (232) 5 psig (0,3 mbar) 5.87 psig (0,4 bar) (317) 343

106 Type Y696 Backpressure/Relief Valve Ordering Guide Body Size (Select One) 1-1/2-inch (DN 40) 2-inch (DN 50) Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron NPT*** W Steel To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Hastelloy NPT* L150 RF* F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Pressure Sensing (Select One) Internal Registration Trim Material (Select One) 304 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Silicone (VMQ)** Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** PTFE** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* Relief Set Pressure Range (Select One) 2 to 5-inches w.c. (5 to 12 mbar)*** 5 to 15-inches w.c. (12 to 37 mbar)*** 0.3 to 1 psig (21 to 69 mbar)*** 1 to 2.8 psig (69 to 193 mbar)*** 2 to 3.5 psig (138 to 241 mbar)*** 4 to 7 psig (276 mbar to 0,5 bar)*** NE Required Yes Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Specification Worksheet pplication: Specific Use Line Size Fluid Type Specific Gravity Temperature Does the pplication Require Overpressure Protection? Yes No Pressure: Maximum Inlet Pressure Minimum Inlet Pressure Differential Pressure Set Pressure Maximum Flow ccuracy Requirements: Less Than or Equal To: 5% 10% 20% 40% onstruction Material Requirements (if known): 344

107 Y696VR Series Vacuum Regulators Introduction The Y696VR Series vacuum regulators are used where a decrease in vacuum must be limited, such as between a tank and vacuum source to control vacuum in tank. decrease in vacuum (increase in absolute pressure) on the diaphragm moves the disk away from the seat, allowing a higher vacuum source to return the system to the setpoint. The Type Y696VRM has a control line connection and blocked throat for external pressure registration. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles See Table 1 Temperature apabilities Nitrile (NBR): -40 to 180 F (-40 to 82 ) Fluoroelastomer (FKM): 40 to 300 F (4 to 149 ) Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM): 0 to 300 F (-18 to 149 ) Ethylenepropylene (EPDM): -20 to 275 F (-29 to 135 ) Silicone (VMQ): -40 to 400 F (-40 to 204 ) Features Precision ontrol of Low-Pressure Settings Installation daptability Wide Material Selection High apacity orrosion Resistant Materials Maximum ontrol Pressure Full Vacuum Maximum Downstream Pressure Full Vacuum Vacuum ontrol Pressure Ranges 1-inch w.c. to 3 psig (2 mbar to 0,21 bar) in six ranges See Table 4 Flow oefficients g : 515; v : 14.7; 1 : 35; K m : 0.79 IE Sizing oefficients X T : 0.78; F D : 0.67; F L : 0.89 Pressure Registration Type Y696VR: Internal Type Y696VRM: External pproximate Shipping Weights ast Iron: 45 pounds (20 kg) Steel, Stainless Steel, or Hastelloy : 57 pounds (26 kg) dditional Technical Data For more technical information, contact your local Sales Office or log on to: W7431_2 Figure 1. Type Y696VR Vacuum Regulator Vacuum being controlled Vacuum pump Higher vacuum source Table 1. Body Sizes and End onnection Styles BODY SIZE, INHES (DN) 1-1/2 (40) 2 (50) BODY MTERIL ast Iron Steel or Stainless Steel Hastelloy NPT NPT, SWE, L150 RF, L300 RF, or PN 16/25/40 NPT, L150 RF B2580 INLET PRESSURE (controlled vacuum) outlet PRESSURE (VUUM source) TMOSPHERI PRESSURE Figure 2. Type Y696VR Operational Schematic Table 2. onstruction Materials BODY DIPHRGM SE SPRING SE DIPHRGM Trim DISK ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, F8M Stainless steel, or Hastelloy ast iron, W Steel, luminum, or F8M Stainless steel Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Ethylenepropylene (EPDM), or Silicone (VMQ) 302 Stainless steel, 316 Stainless steel, or Hastelloy Nitrile (NBR), Fluoroelastomer (FKM), Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM), Neoprene (R), Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), or Ethylenepropylene (EPDM) 345

108 Y696VR Series Vacuum Regulators Vacuum ONTROL PRESSURE RNGE (1) Table 3. ontrol Pressure Ranges change in vacuum control pressure to wide-open SPRING Part NUMBER SPRING OLOR SPRING Wire diameter, inches (mm) 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2 to 7 mbar) (2) 1.5-inches w.c. (4 mbar) 1D Brown (2,77) 1.5 to 5-inches w.c. (4 to 12 mbar) (2) 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 1D Unpainted (3,05) 3 to 8-inches w.c. (7 to 20 mbar) (2) 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 0B Purple (3,76) 8 to 16-inches w.c. (20 to 40 mbar) 4-inches w.c. (10 mbar) 1B Gray (3,96) 16 to 32-inches w.c. (40 to 80 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 1B Unpainted (4,75) 0.25 to 3 psig (17 to 207 mbar) 1.2 psig (0,08 bar) Black (6,99) 1. Pressure ranges are based on the spring case pointed up. Pointing the spring case down increases pressure range 1.7-inches w.c. (4 mbar). 2. Do not use Fluoroelastomer (FKM) diaphragm with these springs at diaphragm temperatures lower than 60 F (16 ). Table 4. apacities Vacuum ONTROL PRESSURE RNGE vacuum ONTROL SETTING hange in Vacuum PITIES IN SFH (Nm 3 /h) OF IR DOWNSTREM VUUM 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2 to 7 mbar) 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 1.5-inches w.c. (4 mbar) 6953 (186) 1.5 to 5-inches w.c. (4 to 12 mbar) 5-inches w.c. (12 mbar) 2-inches w.c. (5 mbar) 6920 (185) 3 to 8-inches w.c. (7 to 20 mbar) 8-inches w.c. (20 mbar) 3-inches w.c. (7 mbar) 6876 (184) 7 psig (0,48 bar) 8 to 16-inches w.c. (20 to 40 mbar) 16-inches w.c. (40 mbar) 4-inches w.c. (10 mbar) 6722 (180) 16 to 32-inches w.c. (40 to 80 mbar) 24-inches w.c. (60 mbar) 7-inches w.c. (17 mbar) 6612 (177) 0.25 to 3 psig (17 to 207 mbar) 2 psig (0,14 bar) 1.2 psig (0,08 bar) 6496 (174) 5.19 (132) TYPE Y602 VENT (305) 9.06 (230) (356) 5.88 (149) 2.94 (75) 7.00 (178) GUGE TP 1/4-INH NPT B (179) 2.25 (57) (264) (443) INHES (mm) Figure 3. Dimensions 346

109 Y696VR Series Vacuum Regulators Ordering Guide Type (Select One) Y696VR (internal registration)*** Y696VRM (external registration)*** Body Size (Select One) 1-1/2-inch (DN 40)*** 2-inch (DN 50)*** Body Material and End onnection Style (Select One) ast Iron Body NPT*** To order this product, complete this page or complete the Specification Worksheet and forward to your local Sales Office. If the construction you need is not offered on this page, contact your local Sales Office. To locate your local Sales Office log on to: Regulators Quick Order Guide * * * Readily vailable for Shipment * * llow dditional Time for Shipment * Hastelloy NPT* L150 RF* W Steel F8M Stainless Steel NPT*** NPT** L150 RF** L150 RF** L300 RF** L300 RF** PN 16/25/40* PN 16/25/40* Spring ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** luminum*** F8M Stainless steel** Diaphragm ase Material (Select One) ast iron*** W Steel*** F8M Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Trim Material (Select One) 302 Stainless steel*** 316 Stainless steel** Hastelloy * Special Order, onstructed from Non-Stocked Parts. onsult your local Sales Office for vailability. vailability of the product being ordered is determined by the component with the longest shipping time for the requested construction. Diaphragm Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)** Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Silicone (VMQ)* Disk Material (Select One) Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** Fluoroelastomer (FKM)*** Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)* PTFE* Ethylenepropylene (EPDM)* Neoprene (R)* Vacuum ontrol Pressure Range (Select One) 1 to 3-inches w.c. (2 to 7 mbar)*** 1.5 to 5-inches w.c. (4 to 12 mbar)*** 3 to 8-inches w.c. (7 to 20 mbar)*** 8 to 16-inches w.c. (20 to 40 mbar)*** 16 to 32-inches w.c. (40 to 80 mbar)*** 0.25 to 3 psig (17 to 207 mbar)*** Replacement Parts Kit (Optional) Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order. Vacuum Specification Worksheet pplication Specifications: Tank Use Pump In Rate Pump Out Rate Blanketing Gas (Type and Specific Gravity) Pressure Requirements: Upstream Pressure Downstream Pressure ontrol Pressure: Upstream Maximum Flow Downstream Special Material Requirements: Iron Steel Stainless Steel Hastelloy Other Other Requirements: 347

110 World Web ccess Emerson Process Management Regulator Division documentation, accessible 24/7. Log on to: Personalized Website Features My Page - Personalized Features Your personalized My Page gives you access to: sk My Expert My alendar My Event Items My Links My Fisher Regulator Library Order Literature On-Line My Bookshelf My alculators Software / Firmware Updates Download Drawings You may download scalable drawings into D systems like utod, Mechanical Desktop 3, Solid Edge, TurboD. Drawings are also available to download as DWG, DXF,.jpg,.bmp,.png,.tif,.pcx,.tga,.me,.ps,.hpgl, and.xml. Request for Quote The RFQ tool will generate a quotation that will be priced by your local Sales Office. quote will be returned via or fax. It is suggested that you first register on before working with the Request for Quote (RFQ) tool. This is easily done by logging on to When the home page appears, click on the Register link found on the top, left-hand side of your screen. When your screen updates to My Page Registration, complete the registration form and then click on the Submit button at the bottom of the form. By registering and setting up your personalized My Page, you will have access to many features including the My Page features. In addition, you can order our new updatable D of Pressure Regulator Literature and Utility Programs. Once you are registered on com/regulators, you can update the updatable D which includes technical documentation, Update Wizard Program, Regulator Selection Wizard, Monitor Sizing Tool, onversion alculator, Rep Locator and more! For more information regarding these resources and our products, or if you need assistance with registration, please contact: Outside U.S Fax: pressure.regulators@emersonprocess.com